UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF  

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For transition period from __________ to ___________

 

Commission File Number 0-33203

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   43-1930755
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

701 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

(785) 565-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Name of exchange on which registered: Nasdaq Global Market

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ¨ No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes ¨ No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨  (do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ¨ No x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the last sales price quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $64.3 million. On March 10, 2016, the total number of shares of common stock outstanding was 3,574,719.

 

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 18, 2016, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof, to the extent indicated herein.

 

 

 

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC.

2015 Form 10-K Annual Report

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS   3
       
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS   25
       
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS   35
       
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES   35
       
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS   35
       
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES   35
       
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES   36
     
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA   37
       
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   38
     
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK   49
     
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA   52
       
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE   94
     
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES   94
       
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION   94
       
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE   95
       
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   95
       
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   96
     
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE   96
     
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES   96
       
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES   97
       
SIGNATURES     98
  2  

 

PART I.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

The Company

 

Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company which was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2001. Currently, the Company’s business consists solely of the ownership of Landmark National Bank (the “Bank”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $878.4 million in consolidated total assets.

 

The Company is headquartered in Manhattan, Kansas and has expanded its geographic presence through past acquisitions. Effective November 1, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of Citizens Bank, National Association (“Citizens Bank”). Effective April 1, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of The Wellsville Bank. In May 2009, the Company acquired an additional branch in Lawrence, Kansas. The Company completed several other mergers and acquisitions prior to 2009.

 

The Bank has continued to focus on increasing its originations of commercial, commercial real estate and agricultural loans, which management believes will be more profitable and provide more growth for the Bank than traditional one-to-four family residential real estate lending. While the Bank has grown these portfolios, generally weak loan demand over the past few years as the economy has recovered has made it difficult to have meaningful growth while maintaining high credit standards. Additionally, greater emphasis has been placed on diversification of the deposit mix through expansion of core deposit accounts such as checking, savings, and money market accounts. The Bank has also diversified its geographical markets as a result of its acquisitions. The Company’s main office is in Manhattan, Kansas. The Company has 29 branch offices in 23 communities across the state of Kansas. The Company continues to explore opportunities to expand its banking markets through mergers and acquisitions, as well as branching opportunities.

 

The results of operations of the Bank and the Company are dependent primarily upon net interest income and, to a lesser extent, upon other income derived from sales of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, loan servicing fees and customer deposit services. Additional expenses of the Bank include general and administrative expenses such as salaries, employee benefits, federal deposit insurance premiums, data processing, occupancy and related expenses.

 

Deposits of the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to the maximum amount allowable under applicable federal law and regulation. The Bank is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), as the chartering authority for national banks, and the FDIC, as the administrator of the DIF. The Bank is also subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) with respect to reserves required to be maintained against deposits and certain other matters. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City and the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of Topeka.

 

The Company’s executive office and the Bank’s main office are located at 701 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502. The telephone number is (785) 565-2000.

 

  3  

 

Market Areas

 

The Bank’s primary deposit gathering and lending markets are geographically diversified with locations in central, eastern, southeast, and southwest Kansas. The primary industries within these respective markets are also diverse and dependent upon a wide array of industry and governmental activity for their economic base. The Bank’s markets have not been immune to the effects of the challenging economic conditions of recent years; however, the effect has not been as severe as those experienced in some areas of the United States. To varying degrees, the Bank’s markets generally have experienced flat commercial and residential real estate values, unemployment levels above historical norms and slow growth in consumer spending. A brief description of the four geographic areas and the communities which the Bank serves is set forth below.

 

The central region of the Bank’s market area consists of the Bank’s locations in Auburn, Junction City, Manhattan, Osage City, Topeka and Wamego, Kansas and includes the counties of Riley, Geary, Osage, Pottawatomie and Shawnee. The economies are significantly impacted by employment at Fort Riley Military Base in Junction City and Kansas State University, the second largest university in Kansas, which is located in Manhattan. Topeka is the capital of Kansas and strongly influenced by the government of the State of Kansas. Topeka and Manhattan are regional destinations for retail shopping as well as home to regional hospitals. Manhattan was also selected as the site of the new National Bio and Agro-Defense Facility, which is expected to have a significant impact on the regional economy as the facility is constructed and begins operations. Construction of the facility began in 2013 and is expected to be completed in five to seven years. Additionally, manufacturing and service industries also play a key role within the central Kansas market.

 

The Bank’s eastern Kansas branches are located in the communities of Lawrence, Lenexa, Louisburg, Osawatomie, Overland Park, Paola and Wellsville. The Bank’s Lawrence locations are located in Douglas County and are significantly impacted by the University of Kansas, the largest university in Kansas. The eastern region is strongly influenced by the Kansas City metropolitan market, which is the highest growth area in the State of Kansas. The region is influenced by public and private industries and businesses of all sizes. In addition, housing growth and commercial real estate are major drivers of the region’s economy. The Citizens Bank acquisition in 2013 expanded the Bank’s presence in the eastern Kansas market with branches in the Kansas City metropolitan suburbs of Lenexa and Overland Park.

 

The southeast region of the Bank’s market area consists of the Bank’s locations in Fort Scott, Iola, Kincaid, Mound City and Pittsburg, Kansas. Agriculture, oil, and gas are the predominant industries in the southeast Kansas region. Both Fort Scott and Pittsburg are recognized as regional commercial centers within the southeast region of the state, which attracts small retail businesses to the region. Additionally, Pittsburg State University and Fort Scott Community College attract a number of individuals from the surrounding area to live within the communities to participate in educational programs and pursue a degree. Fort Scott is also home to a regional hospital. Additionally, manufacturing and service industries play a key role within the southeast Kansas market. This market area primarily consists of branches acquired in the Citizens Bank acquisition.

 

The Bank’s southwest Kansas branches are located in the communities of Dodge City in Ford County, Garden City in Finney County, Great Bend and Hoisington in Barton County and LaCrosse in Rush County. Agriculture, oil, and gas are the predominant industries in the southwest Kansas region. Predominant activities involve crop production, feed lot operations, and food processing. Dodge City is known as the “Cowboy Capital of the World” and maintains a significant tourism industry. Both Dodge City and Garden City are recognized as regional commercial centers within the state with small businesses, manufacturing, retail, and service industries having a significant influence upon the local economies. Additionally, the Dodge City, Garden City and Great Bend communities each have a community college which attracts individuals from the surrounding areas.

 

Competition

 

The Company faces strong competition both in attracting deposits and making real estate, commercial and other loans. Its most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks and other savings institutions located in its principal market areas, including many larger financial institutions which have greater financial and marketing resources available to them. The ability of the Company to attract and retain deposits generally depends on its ability to provide a rate of return, service levels, liquidity and risk comparable to those offered by competing investment opportunities. The Company competes for loans principally through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of services it provides borrowers.

 

  4  

  

Employees

 

At December 31, 2015, the Bank had a total of 291 employees (274 full time equivalent employees). The Company has no employees, although the Company is a party to several employment agreements with executives of the Bank. Employees are provided with a comprehensive benefits program, including basic and major medical insurance, life and disability insurance, sick leave, and a 401(k) profit sharing plan. Employees are not represented by any union or collective bargaining group, and the Bank considers its employee relations to be good.

 

Lending Activities

 

General . The Bank strives to provide a full range of financial products and services to small- and medium-sized businesses and to consumers in each market area it serves. The Bank targets owner-operated businesses and utilizes Small Business Administration lending as a part of its product mix. The Bank has a loan committee for each of its markets, which has authority to approve credits within established guidelines. Concentrations in excess of those guidelines must be approved by either a corporate loan committee comprised of the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer, the Credit Risk Manager, and other senior commercial lenders or the Bank’s board of directors. When lending to an entity, the Bank generally obtains a guaranty from the principals of the entity. The loan mix is subject to the discretion of the Bank’s board of directors and the demands of the local marketplace.

 

The following is a brief description of each major category of the Bank’s lending activity.

 

One-to-Four Family Residential Real Estate Lending . The Bank originates one-to-four family residential real estate loans with both fixed and variable rates. One-to-four family residential real estate loans are priced and originated following global underwriting standards that are consistent with guidelines established by the major buyers in the secondary market. Generally, residential real estate loans retained in the Bank’s loan portfolio have fixed or variable rates with adjustment periods of five years or less and amortization periods of typically either 15 or 30 years. A significant portion of these loans prepay prior to maturity. The Bank has no potential negative amortization loans. While the origination of fixed-rate, one-to-four family residential loans continues to be a key component of our business, the majority of these loans are sold in the secondary market. One-to-four family residential real estate loans that exceed 80% of the appraised value of the real estate generally are required, by policy, to be supported by private mortgage insurance, although on occasion the Bank will retain non-conforming residential loans to known customers at premium pricing. The Bank’s one-to-four family residential real estate loan portfolio increased primarily as a result of the acquisition of Citizens Bank during 2013; however, the Bank also retained some newly originated one-to-four family residential real estate loans that met internal criteria in addition to secondary market qualifications. These are typically loans with maturities of 15 years or less. While the Bank does not intend to increase its one-to-four family residential real estate loan portfolio, the Bank slowed the runoff of the portfolio by retaining some of the new loan originations to offset weak commercial loan demand. However, most of the new loan originations continue to be sold.

 

Construction and Land Lending. Loans in this category include loans to facilitate the development of both residential and commercial real estate. Construction and land loans generally have terms of less than 18 months, and the Bank will retain a security interest in the borrower’s real estate. Construction loans are generally limited, by policy, to 80% of the appraised value of the property. Land loans are generally limited, by policy, to 65% of the appraised value of the property. The Bank has generally been reducing its exposure to construction and land loans over the past few years as a strategy to reduce risk. However, recently loan demand has begun to increase slightly for this type of loan.

 

Commercial Real Estate Lending . Commercial real estate loans, including multi-family loans, generally have amortization periods of 15 or 20 years. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans are generally limited, by policy, to 80% of the appraised value of the property. Commercial real estate loans are also supported by an analysis demonstrating the borrower’s ability to repay. The Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio increased primarily as a result of the acquisition of Citizens Bank during 2013 and the Bank continues to focus on generating additional commercial real estate loan relationships as well.

 

  5  

  

Commercial Lending . Loans in this category include loans to service, retail, wholesale and light manufacturing businesses. Commercial loans are made based on the financial strength and repayment ability of the borrower, as well as the collateral securing the loans. The Bank targets owner-operated businesses as its customers and makes lending decisions based upon a cash flow analysis of the borrower as well as a collateral analysis. Accounts receivable loans and loans for inventory purchases are generally on a one-year renewable term and loans for equipment generally have a term of seven years or less. The Bank generally takes a blanket security interest in all assets of the borrower. Equipment loans are generally limited to 75% of the cost or appraised value of the equipment. Inventory loans are generally limited to 50% of the value of the inventory, and accounts receivable loans are generally limited to 75% of a predetermined eligible base. The Bank continues to focus its organic growth on generating additional commercial loan relationships.

 

Municipal Lending. Loans to municipalities are generally related to equipment leasing or general fund loans. Terms are generally limited to 5 years. Equipment leases are generally made for the purchase of municipal assets and are secured by the leased asset. The Bank is generally not active in the origination of municipal loans and leases; however, the Bank may originate loans or leases for municipalities in its market area.

 

Agriculture Lending. Agricultural real estate loans generally have amortization periods of 20 years or less, during which time the Bank generally retains a security interest in the borrower’s real estate. The Bank also provides short-term credit for operating loans and intermediate-term loans for farm product, livestock and machinery purchases and other agricultural improvements. Farm product loans generally have a one-year term, and machinery, equipment and breeding livestock loans generally have five to seven year terms. Extension of credit is based upon the borrower’s ability to repay, as well as the existence of federal guarantees and crop insurance coverage. These loans are generally secured by a blanket lien on livestock, equipment, feed, hay, grain and growing crops. Equipment and breeding livestock loans are generally limited to 75% of appraised value. While the 95% increase in the Bank’s agriculture loan portfolio in 2013 was primarily a result of the acquisition of Citizens Bank, the Bank continues to focus on generating additional agriculture loan relationships in each of its market areas.

 

Consumer and Other Lending . Loans classified as consumer and other loans include automobile, boat, home improvement and home equity loans. With the exception of home improvement loans and home equity loans, the Bank generally takes a purchase money security interest in collateral for which it provides the original financing. Home improvement loans and home equity loans are principally secured through second mortgages. The terms of the loans typically range from one to five years, depending upon the use of the proceeds, and generally range from 75% to 90% of the value of the collateral. The majority of these loans are installment loans with fixed interest rates. Home improvement and home equity loans are generally secured by a second mortgage on the borrower’s personal residence and, when combined with the first mortgage, limited to 80% of the value of the property unless further protected by private mortgage insurance. Home improvement loans are generally made for terms of five to seven years with fixed interest rates. Home equity loans are generally made for terms of ten years on a revolving basis with adjustable monthly interest rates tied to the national prime interest rate. While the Bank primarily provides consumer loans to its existing customers, consumer lending is not a category the Bank targets for organic growth.

 

Loan Origination and Processing

 

Loan originations are derived from a number of sources. Residential loan originations result from real estate broker referrals, direct solicitation by the Bank’s loan officers, present depositors and borrowers, referrals from builders and attorneys, walk-in customers and, in some instances, other lenders. Consumer and commercial real estate loan originations generally emanate from many of the same sources.

 

Residential loan applications are underwritten and closed based upon standards which generally meet secondary market guidelines. The loan underwriting procedures followed by the Bank conform to regulatory specifications and are designed to assess both the borrower’s ability to make principal and interest payments and the value of any assets or property serving as collateral for the loan. Generally, as part of the process, a loan officer meets with each applicant to obtain the appropriate employment and financial information as well as any other required loan information. The Bank then obtains reports with respect to the borrower’s credit record, and orders, on real estate loans, and reviews an appraisal of any collateral for the loan (prepared for the Bank by an independent appraiser).

 

  6  

  

Loan applicants are notified promptly of the decision of the Bank. Prior to closing any long-term loan, the borrower must provide proof of fire and casualty insurance on the property serving as collateral, and such insurance must be maintained during the full term of the loan. Title insurance is required on loans collateralized by real property.

 

The Bank is focusing on the generation of commercial, commercial real estate and agriculture loans to grow and diversify the loan portfolio. However, the challenging economic environment has materially impacted loan origination as a result of decreased demand for loans that meet the Bank’s credit standards. In several of the Bank’s markets, there is an oversupply of newly constructed, speculative residential real estate properties and developed vacant lots. As a result of these issues, the Bank has curtailed land development and construction lending and does not expect this type of lending to increase significantly unless the economic outlook continues to improve and the supply and demand of residential housing and vacant developed lots is in balance. Economic conditions in recent years have also caused the Bank to increase underwriting requirements on other types of loans to ensure borrowers can meet repayment requirements.

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

 

FDIC-insured institutions, like the Bank, as well as their holding companies and their affiliates, are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, the Company’s growth and earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory agencies, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “CFPB”). Furthermore, taxation laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities, accounting rules developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, securities laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and state securities authorities, and anti-money laundering laws enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) have an impact on the business of the Company and the Bank. The effect of these statutes, regulations, regulatory policies and accounting rules are significant to the operations and results of the Company and the Bank, and the nature and extent of future legislative, regulatory or other changes affecting financial institutions are impossible to predict with any certainty.

 

Federal and state banking laws impose a comprehensive system of supervision, regulation and enforcement on the operations of FDIC-insured institutions, their holding companies and affiliates that is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and depositors of banks, rather than shareholders. These federal and state laws, and the regulations of the bank regulatory agencies issued under them, affect, among other things, the scope of the Company’s and the Bank’s business, the kinds and amounts of investments they may make, Bank reserve requirements, capital levels relative to assets, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, the Company’s ability to merge, consolidate and acquire, dealings with insiders and affiliates and the Bank’s payment of dividends. In the last several years, the Company and the Bank have experienced heightened regulatory requirements and scrutiny following the global financial crisis and as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Although the reforms primarily targeted systemically important financial service providers, their influence filtered down in varying degrees to community banks over time, and the reforms have caused the Company’s compliance and risk management processes, and the costs thereof, to increase.

 

This supervisory and regulatory framework subjects FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies to regular examination by their respective regulatory agencies, which results in examination reports and ratings that are not publicly available and that can impact the conduct and growth of their business. These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but also capital levels, asset quality and risk, management ability and performance, earnings, liquidity, and various other factors. The regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity where the agencies determine, among other things, that such operations are unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable law or are otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies of these agencies.  

 

  7  

  

The following is a summary of the material elements of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the Bank, beginning with a discussion of the continuing regulatory emphasis on capital levels. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provision.

 

Regulatory Emphasis on Capital

 

Regulatory capital represents the net assets of a banking organization available to absorb losses. Because of the risks attendant to their business, FDIC-insured institutions are generally required to hold more capital than other businesses, which directly affects the Company’s earnings capabilities. Although capital has historically been one of the key measures of the financial health of banks, its role became fundamentally more important in the wake of the global financial crisis, as the banking regulators recognized that the amount and quality of capital held by banks prior to the crisis was insufficient to absorb losses during periods of severe stress. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, discussed below, establish strengthened capital standards for banking organizations, require more capital to be held in the form of common stock and disallow certain funds from being included in capital determinations. These standards represent regulatory capital requirements that are meaningfully more stringent than those in place previously.

 

Minimum Required Capital Levels. Bank holding companies have historically had to comply with less stringent capital standards than their bank subsidiaries and have been able to raise capital with hybrid instruments such as trust preferred securities. The Dodd-Frank Act mandated that the Federal Reserve establish minimum capital levels for holding companies on a consolidated basis as stringent as those required for FDIC-insured institutions. As a consequence, the components of holding company permanent capital known as “Tier 1 Capital” were restricted to those capital instruments that were considered Tier 1 Capital for FDIC-insured institutions. A result of this change is that the proceeds of hybrid instruments, such as trust preferred securities, are being excluded from Tier 1 Capital over a phase-out period. However, if such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets, they may be retained, subject to certain restrictions. Because the Company has assets of less than $15 billion, the Company is able to maintain its trust preferred proceeds as Tier 1 Capital but the Company has to comply with new capital mandates in other respects and will not be able to raise Tier 1 Capital in the future through the issuance of trust preferred securities.

 

The capital standards for the Company and the Bank changed on January 1, 2015 to add the requirements of Basel III, discussed below. The minimum capital standards effective prior to and including December 31, 2014 are:

 

· A leverage requirement, consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets of 3% for the most highly-rated banks with a minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others, and
· A risk-based capital requirement, consisting of a minimum ratio of Total Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4%.

 

For these purposes, “Tier 1 Capital” consists primarily of common stock, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus less intangible assets (other than certain loan servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships). Total Capital consists primarily of Tier 1 Capital plus “Tier 2 Capital,” which includes other non-permanent capital items, such as certain other debt and equity instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 Capital, and the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, subject to a limitation of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Further, risk-weighted assets for the purpose of the risk-weighted ratio calculations are balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet exposures to which required risk weightings of 0% to 100% are applied.  

 

The Basel International Capital Accords. The risk-based capital guidelines described above are based upon the 1988 capital accord known as “Basel I” adopted by the international Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the U.S. federal banking regulators on an interagency basis.  In 2008, the banking agencies collaboratively began to phase-in capital standards based on a second capital accord, referred to as “Basel II,” for large or “core” international banks (generally defined for U.S. purposes as having total assets of $250 billion or more, or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more).  On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced agreement on a strengthened set of capital requirements for banking organizations around the world, known as Basel III, to address deficiencies recognized in connection with the global financial crisis.  Because of Dodd-Frank Act requirements, Basel III essentially layers a new set of capital standards on the previously existing Basel I standards.

 

  8  

  

The Basel III Rule . In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies approved the implementation of the Basel III regulatory capital reforms in pertinent part, and, at the same time, promulgated rules effecting certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Rule”). In contrast to capital requirements historically, which were in the form of guidelines, Basel III was released in the form of regulations by each of the regulatory agencies. The Basel III Rule is applicable to all banking organizations that are subject to minimum capital requirements, including federal and state banks and savings and loan associations, as well as to bank and savings and loan holding companies, other than “small bank holding companies” (generally bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $1 billion which are not publically traded companies).

 

The Basel III Rule not only increased most of the required minimum capital ratios effective January 1, 2015, but it introduced the concept of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, which consists primarily of common stock, related surplus (net of treasury stock), retained earnings, and Common Equity Tier 1 minority interests subject to certain regulatory adjustments. The Basel III Rule also expanded the definition of capital by establishing more stringent criteria that instruments must meet to be considered Additional Tier 1 Capital (Tier 1 Capital in addition to Common Equity) and Tier 2 Capital. A number of instruments that qualified as Tier 1 Capital do not qualify, or their qualifications will change. For example, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, which qualified as simple Tier 1 Capital, does not qualify as Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, but qualifies as Additional Tier 1 Capital. The Basel III Rule also constrained the inclusion of minority interests, mortgage-servicing assets, and deferred tax assets in capital and requires deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital in the event that such assets exceed a certain percentage of a banking organization’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.

 

The Basel III Rule requires minimum capital ratios beginning January 1, 2015, as follows:

 

· A new ratio of minimum Common Equity Tier 1 equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets;
· An increase in the minimum required amount of Tier 1 Capital to 6% of risk-weighted assets;
· A continuation of the current minimum required amount of Total Capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) at 8% of risk-weighted assets; and
· A minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets equal to 4% in all circumstances.

 

Not only did the capital requirements change but the risk weightings (or their methodologies) for bank assets that are used to determine the capital ratios changed as well. For nearly every class of assets, the Basel III Rule requires a more complex, detailed and calibrated assessment of credit risk and calculation of risk weightings.

 

Banking organizations (except for large, internationally active banking organizations) became subject to the new rules on January 1, 2015. However, there are separate phase-in/phase-out periods for: (i) the capital conservation buffer; (ii) regulatory capital adjustments and deductions; (iii) nonqualifying capital instruments; and (iv) changes to the prompt corrective action rules. The phase-in periods commenced on January 1, 2016 and extend until 2019.

 

Well-Capitalized Requirements . The ratios described above are minimum standards in order for banking organizations to be considered “adequately capitalized” under the Prompt Corrective Action rules discussed below. Bank regulatory agencies uniformly encourage banking organizations to hold more capital and be “well-capitalized” and, to that end, federal law and regulations provide various incentives for such organizations to maintain regulatory capital at levels in excess of minimum regulatory requirements. For example, a banking organization that is well-capitalized may: (i) qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements otherwise applicable to certain types of activities; (ii) qualify for expedited processing of other required notices or applications; and (iii) accept, roll-over or renew brokered deposits. Higher capital levels could also be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations. Moreover, the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions ( i.e. , Tier 1 Capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels.

 

  9  

  

Under the capital regulations of the OCC and Federal Reserve, in order to be well-capitalized, a banking organization must maintain:

 

· A new Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio to risk-weighted assets of 6.5% or more;
· A minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% (6% under Basel I);
· A minimum ratio of Total Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10% (the same as Basel I); and
· A leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets of 5% or greater.

 

In addition, banking organizations that seek the freedom to make capital distributions (including for dividends and repurchases of stock) and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers without restriction must also maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 attributable to a capital conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. The purpose of the conservation buffer is to ensure that banking organizations maintain a buffer of capital that can be used to absorb losses during periods of financial and economic stress. Factoring in the fully phased-in conservation buffer increases the minimum ratios depicted above to:

 

· 7% for Common Equity Tier 1,
· 8.5% for Tier 1 Capital and
· 10.5% for Total Capital.

 

It is possible under the Basel III Rule to be well-capitalized while remaining out of compliance with the capital conservation buffer.

 

As of December 31, 2015: (i) the Bank was not subject to a directive from the OCC to increase its capital and (ii) the Bank was well-capitalized, as defined by OCC regulations. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve’s requirements and met the Basel III Rule requirements to be well-capitalized.

 

Prompt Corrective Action . An FDIC-insured institution’s capital plays an important role in connection with regulatory enforcement as well. This regime applies to FDIC-insured institutions, not holding companies, and provides escalating powers to bank regulatory agencies as a bank’s capital diminishes. Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution’s asset growth and restricting its activities; (iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to sell itself; (iv) restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate that the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring dismissal of senior executive officers or directors; (viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

 

Regulation and Supervision of the Company

 

General. The Company, as the sole shareholder of the Bank, is a bank holding company. As a bank holding company, the Company is registered with, and subject to regulation by, the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). The Company is legally obligated to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances where it might not otherwise do so. The Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of its operations and such additional information regarding its operations as the Federal Reserve may require.

 

Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control . The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The BHCA generally requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or any acquisition by a bank holding company of another bank or bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its FDIC-insured institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state institutions or their holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company. Furthermore, in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies must be well-capitalized and well-managed in order to effect interstate mergers or acquisitions. For a discussion of the capital requirements, see “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.

 

  10  

  

The BHCA generally prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve prior to November 11, 1999 to be “so closely related to banking ... as to be a proper incident thereto.” This authority would permit the Company to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the ownership and operation of a savings association, or any entity engaged in consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development) and mortgage banking and brokerage services. The BHCA does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of nonbank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.

 

Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity or that the Federal Reserve determines by order to be complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of FDIC-insured institutions or the financial system generally. The Company has not elected to operate as a financial holding company.

 

Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is conclusively presumed to exist upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain circumstances between 10% and 24.99% ownership.

 

Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy requirements, as impacted by the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III. For a discussion of capital requirements, see “—Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.

 

Dividend Payments. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies . As a Delaware corporation, the Company is subject to the limitations of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). The DGCL allows the Company to pay dividends only out of its surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL) or if the Company has no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

 

As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends to shareholders if: (i) its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. In addition, under the Basel III Rule, institutions that seek the freedom to pay dividends will have to maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 attributable to the capital conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. See “—Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.

 

Monetary Policy. The monetary policy of the Federal Reserve has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the tools available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

 

  11  

  

Federal Securities Regulation. The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Consequently, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

Corporate Governance . The Dodd-Frank Act addressed many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act increased stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizing the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit voters for their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of bank holding companies, regardless of whether such companies are publicly traded.

 

Regulation and Supervision of the Bank

 

General. The Bank is a national bank, chartered by the OCC under the National Bank Act. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) to the maximum extent provided under federal law and FDIC regulations, and the Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. As a national bank, the Bank is subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the OCC. The FDIC, as administrator of the DIF, also has regulatory authority over the Bank.

 

Deposit Insurance . As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC.  The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system whereby FDIC-insured institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification.  An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators.   For deposit insurance assessment purposes, an FDIC-insured institution is placed in one of four risk categories each quarter. An institution’s assessment is determined by multiplying its assessment rate by its assessment base. The total base assessment rates range from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points. The assessment base is calculated using average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, will increase or decrease the assessment rates, following notice and comment on proposed rulemaking.

 

Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act revised the assessment base against which an FDIC-insured institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the DIF are calculated to be its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity.  This change shifted the burden of deposit insurance premiums toward those large depository institutions that rely on funding sources other than U.S. deposits.  Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act altered the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to FDIC-insured institutions.  In lieu of dividends, the FDIC has adopted progressively lower assessment rate schedules that will take effect when the reserve ratio exceeds 1.15%, 2%, and 2.5%. As a consequence, premiums will decrease once the 1.15% threshold is exceeded. The FDIC has until September 3, 2020 to meet the 1.35% reserve ratio target. Several of these provisions could increase the Bank’s FDIC deposit insurance premiums. 

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently established the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per insured depositor.

 

FICO Assessments .   In addition to paying basic deposit insurance assessments, FDIC-insured institutions must pay Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments. FICO is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former Federal Home Loan Bank Board pursuant to the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 to function as a financing vehicle for the recapitalization of the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FICO issued 30-year noncallable bonds of approximately $8.1 billion that mature in 2017 through 2019. FICO’s authority to issue bonds ended on December 12, 1991. Since 1996, federal legislation has required that all FDIC-insured institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO’s outstanding obligations. The FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly and for the fourth quarter of 2015 was 0.60 basis points (60 cents per $100 dollars of assessable deposits).

 

  12  

  

Supervisory Assessments . National banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the OCC to fund the operations of the OCC. The amount of the assessment is calculated using a formula that takes into account the bank’s size and its supervisory condition. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the OCC totaling $219,000.

 

Capital Requirements. Banks are generally required to maintain capital levels in excess of other businesses. For a discussion of capital requirements, see “—Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.

 

Liquidity Requirements. Liquidity is a measure of the ability and ease with which assets may be converted to cash. Liquid assets are those that can be converted to cash quickly if needed to meet financial obligations. To remain viable, FDIC-insured institutions must have enough liquid assets to meet their near-term obligations, such as withdrawals by depositors. Because the global financial crisis was in part a liquidity crisis, Basel III also includes a liquidity framework that requires FDIC-insured institutions to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referred to as the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the institution has an adequate stock of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be converted easily and immediately in private markets into cash to meet liquidity needs for a 30-calendar day liquidity stress scenario. The other test, known as the Net Stable Funding Ratio, is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of institutions over a one-year horizon. These tests provide an incentive for institutions to increase their holdings in Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets, increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source and rely on stable funding like core deposits (in lieu of brokered deposits).

 

In addition to liquidity guidelines already in place, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies implemented the Basel III LCR in September 2014, which requires large financial firms to hold levels of liquid assets sufficient to protect against constraints on their funding during times of financial turmoil. While the LCR only applies to the largest banking organizations in the country, certain elements are expected to filter down to all FDIC-insured institutions. The Bank is reviewing its liquidity risk management policies in light of the LCR and NSFR.

 

Stress Testing . A stress test is an analysis or simulation designed to determine the ability of a given FDIC-insured institution to deal with an economic crisis. In October 2012, U.S. bank regulators unveiled new rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act that require the largest U.S. banks to undergo stress tests twice per year, once internally and once conducted by the regulators, and began recommending portfolio stress testing as a sound risk management practice for community banks. Although stress tests are not officially required for banks with less than $10 billion in assets, they have become part of annual regulatory exams even for banks small enough to be officially exempted from the process. The OCC now recommends stress testing as means to identify and quantify loan portfolio risk. The Bank has already implemented stress testing.

 

Dividend Payments. The primary source of funds for the Company is dividends from the Bank. Under the National Bank Act, a national bank may pay dividends out of its undivided profits in such amounts and at such times as the bank’s board of directors deems prudent. Without prior OCC approval, however, a national bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year that, in the aggregate, exceed the bank’s year-to-date net income plus the bank’s retained net income for the two preceding years. In addition, under the Basel III Rule, institutions that seek the freedom to pay dividends will have to maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 attributable to the capital conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. See “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.

 

Insider Transactions. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on “covered transactions” between the Bank and its “affiliates.” The Company is an affiliate of the Bank for purposes of these restrictions, and covered transactions subject to the restrictions include extensions of credit to the Company, investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and the acceptance of the stock or other securities of the Company as collateral for loans made by the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act enhanced the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

 

Limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, to principal shareholders of the Company and to “related interests” of such directors, officers and principal shareholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who is a director or officer of the Company or the Bank, or a principal shareholder of the Company, may obtain credit from banks with which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

 

  13  

  

Safety and Soundness Standards/Risk Management. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of FDIC-insured institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.

 

In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the FDIC-insured institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If an FDIC-insured institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the FDIC-insured institution’s rate of growth, require the FDIC-insured institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal bank regulatory agencies, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

 

During the past decade, the bank regulatory agencies have increasingly emphasized the importance of sound risk management processes and strong internal controls when evaluating the activities of the FDIC-insured institutions they supervise.  Properly managing risks has been identified as critical to the conduct of safe and sound banking activities and has become even more important as new technologies, product innovation, and the size and speed of financial transactions have changed the nature of banking markets.  The agencies have identified a spectrum of risks facing a banking institution including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, and reputational risk. In particular, recent regulatory pronouncements have focused on operational risk, which arises from the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. New products and services, third-party risk management and cybersecurity are critical sources of operational risk that FDIC-insured institutions are expected to address in the current environment. The Bank is expected to have active board and senior management oversight; adequate policies, procedures, and limits; adequate risk measurement, monitoring, and management information systems; and comprehensive internal controls.

 

Branching Authority . National banks headquartered in Kansas, such as the Bank, have the same branching rights in Kansas as banks chartered under Kansas law, subject to OCC approval. Kansas law grants Kansas-chartered banks the authority to establish branches anywhere in the State of Kansas, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals.

 

Federal law permits state and national banks to merge with banks in other states subject to: (i) regulatory approval; (ii) federal and state deposit concentration limits; and (iii) state law limitations requiring the merging bank to have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) prior to the merger. The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) has historically been permitted only in those states the laws of which expressly authorize such expansion. However, the Dodd-Frank Act permits well-capitalized and well-managed banks to establish new branches across state lines without these impediments.

 

Financial Subsidiaries. Under federal law and OCC regulations, national banks are authorized to engage, through “financial subsidiaries,” in any activity that is permissible for a financial holding company and any activity that the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Federal Reserve, determines is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity, except (i) insurance underwriting, (ii) real estate development or real estate investment activities (unless otherwise permitted by law), (iii) insurance company portfolio investments and (iv) merchant banking. The authority of a national bank to invest in a financial subsidiary is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, requirements that the bank must be well-managed and well-capitalized (after deducting from capital the bank’s outstanding investments in financial subsidiaries). The Bank has not applied for approval to establish any financial subsidiaries.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Topeka, which serves as a central credit facility for its members. The FHLB is funded primarily from proceeds from the sale of obligations of the FHLB system. It makes loans to member banks in the form of FHLB advances. All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully collateralized as determined by the FHLB.

 

  14  

  

Transaction Account Reserves. Federal Reserve regulations require FDIC-insured institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). For 2016: the first $15.2 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempt from reserves and have a zero percent reserve requirement; for transaction accounts aggregating more than $15.2 million to $110.2 million, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction accounts; and for net transaction accounts in excess of $110.2 million, the reserve requirement is 3% up to $110.2 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $110.2 million. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve.

 

Community Reinvestment Act Requirements. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the Bank to have a continuing and affirmative obligation in a safe and sound manner to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Federal regulators regularly assess the Bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its communities. Applications for additional acquisitions would be affected by the evaluation of the Bank’s effectiveness in meeting its Community Reinvestment Act requirements.

 

Anti-Money Laundering. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”), along with anti-money laundering and bank secrecy laws (“AML-BSA”), are designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the U.S. financial system and has significant implications for FDIC-insured institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The laws mandate financial services companies to have policies and procedures with respect to measures designed to address any or all of the following matters: (i) customer identification and ongoing due diligence programs; (ii) money laundering; (iii) terrorist financing; (iv) identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions; (v) currency crimes; and (vi) cooperation among FDIC-insured institutions and law enforcement authorities.

 

Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate. Concentration risk exists when FDIC-insured institutions deploy too many assets to any one industry or segment. A concentration in commercial real estate is one example of regulatory concern. The interagency Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices guidance (“CRE Guidance”) provides supervisory criteria, including the following numerical indicators, to assist bank examiners in identifying banks with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny: (i) commercial real estate loans exceeding 300% of capital and increasing 50% or more in the preceding three years; or (ii) construction and land development loans exceeding 100% of capital. The CRE Guidance does not limit banks’ levels of commercial real estate lending activities, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. On December 18, 2015, the federal banking agencies issued a statement to reinforce prudent risk-management practices related to CRE lending, having observed substantial growth in many CRE asset and lending markets, increased competitive pressures, rising CRE concentrations in banks, and an easing of CRE underwriting standards. The federal bank agencies reminded FDIC-insured institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise prudent risk-management practices to identify, measure, monitor, and manage the risks arising from CRE lending. In addition, FDIC-insured institutions must maintain capital commensurate with the level and nature of their CRE concentration risk.

 

Based on the Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015, the Bank does not exceed these guidelines.

 

Consumer Financial Services. The historical structure of federal consumer protection regulation applicable to all providers of consumer financial products and services changed significantly on July 21, 2011, when the CFPB commenced operations to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all providers of consumer products and services, including the Bank, as well as the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over providers with more than $10 billion in assets. FDIC-insured institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, like the Bank, continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators.

 

  15  

  

Because abuses in connection with residential mortgages were a significant factor contributing to the global financial crisis, many new rules issued by the CFPB and required by the Dodd-Frank Act address mortgage and mortgage-related products, their underwriting, origination, servicing and sales. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded underwriting requirements applicable to loans secured by 1-4 family residential real property and augmented federal law combating predatory lending practices. In addition to numerous disclosure requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act imposed new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including all FDIC-insured institutions, in an effort to strongly encourage lenders to verify a borrower’s “ability to repay,” while also establishing a presumption of compliance for certain “qualified mortgages.” In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally required lenders or securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans that the lender sells, and other asset-backed securities that the securitizer issues, if the loans have not complied with the ability-to-repay standards. The Bank does not currently expect the CFPB’s rules to have a significant impact on the Company’s operations, except for higher compliance costs

 

Company Web site

 

The Company maintains a corporate Web site at www.landmarkbancorpinc.com. In addition, the Company has an investor relations link at the Bank’s corporate Web site at www.banklandmark.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or through its Web site its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. Copies of the Company’s filings with the SEC are also available from the SEC’s website ( http://www.sec.gov ) free of charge. Many of the Company’s policies, including its code of ethics, committee charters and other investor information, are available on the Web site. The Company will also provide copies of its filings free of charge upon written request to our Corporate Secretary at the address listed on the front of this Form 10-K.

 

  16  

 

Statistical Data

 

The Company has a fiscal year ending on December 31. Unless otherwise noted, the information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K presents information on behalf of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

The statistical data required by Guide 3 of the Securities Act of 1933 Industry Guides is set forth in the following pages. This data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

I. Distribution of Assets, Liabilities, and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential

 

The following table describes the extent to which changes in tax equivalent interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected the Company’s interest income and expense during the periods indicated. The table distinguishes between (i) changes attributable to rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume), (ii) changes attributable to volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), and (iii) net change (the sum of the previous columns). The net changes attributable to the combined effect of volume and rate, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

    Years ended December 31,  
    2015 vs 2014     2014 vs 2013  
    Increase/(decrease) attributable to     Increase/(decrease) attributable to  
    Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
    (Dollars in thousands)                    
Interest income:                                                
Interest-bearing deposits at banks   $ (14 )   $ -     $ (14 )   $ (8 )   $ -     $ (8 )
Investment securities                                                
Taxable     113       366       479       1,082       244       1,326  
Tax-exempt     919       (219 )     700       640       (260 )     380  
Loans     304       (119 )     185       4,100       103       4,203  
Total     1,322       28       1,350       5,814       87       5,901  
Interest expense:                                                
Deposits     14       (178 )     (164 )     857       (999 )     (142 )
Borrowings     150       (91 )     59       208       39       247  
Total     164       (269 )     (105 )     1,065       (960 )     105  
Net interest income   $ 1,158     $ 297     $ 1,455     $ 4,749     $ 1,047     $ 5,796  

 

  17  

  

The following table sets forth information relating to average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Average balances are derived from daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth in the table below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense. This table reflects the average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities for the periods indicated (derived by dividing income or expense by the monthly average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively) as well as the "net interest margin" (which reflects the effect of the net earnings balance) for the periods shown.

 

    Year ended December 31, 2015     Year ended December 31, 2014     Year ended December 31, 2013  
    Average
balance
    Interest     Yield/
cost
    Average
balance
    Interest     Yield/
cost
    Average
balance
    Interest     Yield/
cost
 
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  
Assets                                                                        
Interest-earning assets:                                                                        
Interest bearing deposits at banks   $ 2,817     $ 7       0.25 %   $ 8,266     $ 21       0.25 %   $ 11,716     $ 29       0.25 %
Investment securities                                                                        
Taxable     227,161       4,577       2.01 %     221,215       4,098       1.85 %     162,288       2,772       1.71 %
Tax-exempt (1)     126,796       4,602       3.63 %     100,965       3,902       3.86 %     83,287       3,523       4.23 %
Loans receivable, net (2)     428,780       21,480       5.01 %     422,342       21,295       5.04 %     341,021       17,091       5.01 %
Total interest-earning assets     785,554       30,666       3.90 %     752,788       29,316       3.89 %     598,312       23,415       3.91 %
Non-interest-earning assets     84,831                       84,468                       71,010                  
Total   $ 870,385                     $ 837,256                     $ 669,322                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                                                        
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                                        
Money market and checking   $ 321,184     $ 311       0.10 %   $ 297,998     $ 282       0.09 %   $ 222,112     $ 188       0.08 %
Savings accounts     78,791       24       0.03 %     73,743       23       0.03 %     52,933       17       0.03 %
Time deposit     158,172       736       0.47 %     180,634       930       0.51 %     167,191       1,172       0.70 %
Total deposits     558,147       1,071       0.19 %     552,375       1,235       0.22 %     442,236       1,377       0.31 %
FHLB advances and other borrowings     77,683       2,010       2.59 %     71,253       1,951       2.74 %     63,672       1,704       2.68 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     635,830       3,081       0.48 %     623,628       3,186       0.51 %     505,908       3,081       0.61 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities     158,470                       145,907                       99,918                  
Stockholders' equity     76,085                       67,721                       63,496                  
Total   $ 870,385                     $ 837,256                     $ 669,322                  
                                                                         
Interest rate spread (3)                     3.42 %                     3.38 %                     3.30 %
Net interest margin (4)           $ 27,585       3.51 %           $ 26,130       3.47 %           $ 20,334       3.40 %
Tax equivalent interest - imputed (1) (2)             1,669                       1,466                       1,303          
Net interest income           $ 25,916                     $ 24,664                     $ 19,031          
                                                                         
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities             123.5 %                     120.7 %                     118.3 %        

 

(1) Income on tax-exempt investment securities is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis, using a 34% federal tax rate.
(2) Income on tax-exempt loans is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis, using a 34% federal tax rate.
(3) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

  18  

  

II. Investment Portfolio

 

Investment Securities . The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company’s investment securities at the dates indicated. None of the investment securities issued by an individual issuer held as of December 31, 2015 were in excess of 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity, excluding U.S. federal agency obligations. The Company’s federal agency obligations consist of obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, primarily the FHLB. The Company’s agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio consists of securities predominantly underwritten to the standards and guaranteed by the government-sponsored agencies of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal National Mortgage Association and Government National Mortgage Association. The Company’s investments in certificates of deposits consists of FDIC-insured certificates of deposits with other financial institutions.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Investment securities:                        
U.S. treasury securities   $ 6,517     $ 6,530     $ 500  
U.S. federal agency obligations     29,920       25,743       19,643  
Municipal obligations tax-exempt     137,941       110,509       91,793  
Municipal obligations taxable     81,890       63,922       52,472  
Agency mortgage-backed securities     85,985       135,519       125,593  
Common stocks     1,486       1,283       1,103  
Certificates of deposits     9,699       5,425       9,142  
Total available-for-sale investment securities, at fair value   $ 353,438     $ 348,931     $ 300,246  
                         
FHLB stock     2,483       1,996       3,240  
Federal Reserve Bank stock     1,903       1,900       1,920  
Correspondent bank common stock     111       111       111  
Bank stocks, at cost   $ 4,497     $ 4,007     $ 5,271  

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the carrying values, weighted average yields, and maturities of the Company's investment securities portfolio, excluding common stocks, as of December 31, 2015. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax equivalent basis, using a 34% federal tax rate. Mortgage-backed investment securities include scheduled principal payments and estimated prepayments based on observable market inputs. Actual prepayments will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    One year or less     One to five years     Five to ten years     More than ten years     Total  
    Carrying     Average     Carrying     Average     Carrying     Average     Carrying     Average     Carrying     Average  
    value     yield     value     yield     value     yield     value     yield     value     yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Investment securities:                                                                                
U.S. treasury securities   $ 500       0.37 %   $ 6,017       1.04 %   $ -       0.00 %   $ -       0.00 %   $ 6,517       0.99 %
U.S. federal agency obligations     513       0.52 %     29,114       1.20 %     293       1.89 %     -       0.00 %     29,920       1.20 %
Municipal obligations tax-exempt     4,411       3.74 %     39,591       2.75 %     52,654       3.70 %     41,285       4.48 %     137,941       3.66 %
Municipal obligations taxable     4,311       1.65 %     38,477       1.86 %     24,314       2.84 %     14,788       3.60 %     81,890       2.45 %
Agency mortgage-backed securities     1,312       2.36 %     69,698       2.15 %     12,955       2.67 %     2,020       2.10 %     85,985       2.23 %
Certificates of deposits     251       0.39 %     9,448       1.52 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     9,699       1.49 %
Total   $ 11,298       2.41 %   $ 192,345       2.01 %   $ 90,216       3.31 %   $ 58,093       4.17 %   $ 351,952       2.71 %

 

  19  

 

III. Loan Portfolio

 

Loan Portfolio Composition . The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Balance                                        
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 131,930     $ 127,555     $ 125,087     $ 88,454     $ 79,108  
Construction and land loans     15,043       21,950       23,776       23,435       21,672  
Commercial real estate loans     118,983       118,411       119,390       88,790       93,786  
Commercial loans     61,300       59,971       61,383       64,570       57,006  
Agriculture loans     71,030       64,316       62,287       31,935       39,052  
Municipal loans     7,635       8,982       8,846       9,857       10,366  
Consumer loans     19,895       20,044       18,600       13,417       13,584  
Total gross loans     425,816       421,229       419,369       320,458       314,574  
Net deferred loan costs and loans in process     29       281       187       37       214  
Allowance for loan losses     (5,922 )     (5,320 )     (5,540 )     (4,581 )     (4,707 )
Loans, net   $ 419,923     $ 416,190     $ 414,016     $ 315,914     $ 310,081  
                                         
Percent of total                                        
One-to-four family residential real estate loans     31.0 %     30.3 %     29.8 %     27.6 %     25.2 %
Construction and land loans     3.5 %     5.2 %     5.7 %     7.3 %     6.9 %
Commercial real estate loans     27.9 %     28.1 %     28.5 %     27.7 %     29.8 %
Commercial loans     14.4 %     14.2 %     14.6 %     20.1 %     18.1 %
Agriculture loans     16.7 %     15.3 %     14.9 %     10.0 %     12.4 %
Municipal loans     1.8 %     2.1 %     2.1 %     3.1 %     3.3 %
Consumer loans     4.7 %     4.8 %     4.4 %     4.2 %     4.3 %
Total gross loans     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %

 

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of loans as of December 31, 2015. The table does not include unscheduled prepayments.

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    < 1 year     1-5 years     > 5 years     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                         
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 15,696     $ 55,703     $ 60,531     $ 131,930  
Construction and land loans     8,222       4,381       2,440       15,043  
Commercial real estate loans     20,159       46,631       52,193       118,983  
Commercial loans     42,056       14,404       4,840       61,300  
Agriculture loans     39,587       14,617       16,826       71,030  
Municipal loans     644       1,153       5,838       7,635  
Consumer loans     3,005       6,629       10,261       19,895  
Total gross loans   $ 129,369     $ 143,518     $ 152,929     $ 425,816  

 

  20  

 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after December 31, 2016 and whether such loans had fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates:

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                   
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 66,589     $ 49,645     $ 116,234  
Construction and land loans     5,004       1,817       6,821  
Commercial real estate loans     23,517       75,307       98,824  
Commercial loans     12,556       6,688       19,244  
Agriculture loans     17,213       14,230       31,443  
Municipal loans     6,991       -       6,991  
Consumer loans     2,603       14,287       16,890  
Total gross loans   $ 134,473     $ 161,974     $ 296,447  

 

Non-performing Assets . The following table sets forth information with respect to non-performing assets, including non-accrual loans and real estate acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure (“real estate owned”). Under the original terms of the Company’s non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2015, interest earned on such loans for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 would have increased interest income by $99,000, $525,000 and $511,000, respectively, if included in the Company’s interest income for those years. No interest income related to non-accrual loans was included in interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                               
Non-accrual loans   $ 2,168     $ 6,046     $ 9,836     $ 9,108     $ 1,419  
Accruing loans over 90 days past due     -       -       -       -       -  
Non-performing investments     -       -       -       -       1,104  
Real estate owned, net     1,000       255       400       2,444       2,264  
Non-performing assets   $ 3,168     $ 6,301     $ 10,236     $ 11,552     $ 4,787  
                                         
Performing TDRs   $ 4,669     $ 4,657     $ 6,920     $ 5,846     $ 1,071  
                                         
Non-performing loans to total gross loans     0.51 %     1.44 %     2.35 %     2.84 %     0.45 %
Non-performing assets to total assets     0.36 %     0.73 %     1.24 %     1.88 %     0.80 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans     273.15 %     87.99 %     56.32 %     50.30 %     331.71 %

 

The decrease in non-accrual loans during 2015 was primarily the result of a $2.0 million commercial real estate loan that returned to accrual status, the payoff of a $1.6 million land loan relationship and from transfers to other real estate. The decrease in non-accrual loans during 2014 was principally associated with a $4.0 million commercial loan relationship which was placed on non-accrual status in 2013 as the performance of the business deteriorated and the borrower agreed to sell the business. The business was liquidated in 2014 and resulted in a charge-off of $755,000, and the Bank received $3.2 million as a payoff for the credit. The increase in non-accrual loans during 2013 was primarily due to the $4.0 million commercial loan relationship which was partially offset by the return to accrual status of $1.5 million of a $2.2 million land loan that was subject to a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) in 2012 after a payment history was established based on the terms of the TDR. Also partially offsetting the increase in our non-accrual loan balances in 2013 was the pay down of a $1.1 million commercial loan with proceeds from the liquidation of the borrower’s assets in 2013. The remaining loan balance of $192,000 was charged off in 2013. The increase in non-accrual loans during 2012 was principally associated with the $2.2 million land loan and $1.1 million commercial loan discussed above as well as a commercial loan relationship consisting of $4.4 million in real estate and land loans, which was placed on non-accrual status after the borrower declared bankruptcy.

 

  21  

  

At December 31, 2015, the $1.0 million of real estate owned primarily consisted of residential real estate properties. The increase in real estate owned during 2015 was principally associated with obtaining the collateral securing a non-performing loan relationship. The decline in real estate owned during 2014 was principally associated with the sale of residential real estate properties. The decline in real estate owned during 2013 was principally associated with the sale of a residential subdivision development, a commercial real estate building and land previously acquired by the Bank for expansion. The increase in real estate owned during 2012 was primarily associated with $587,000 of real estate owned acquired in The Wellsville Bank acquisition. Partially offsetting the increase in 2012 was a charge of $175,000 to reflect declines in the fair value of certain real estate owned and from the sales of residential properties.

 

As part of the Company’s credit risk management, the Company continues to aggressively manage the loan portfolio to identify problem loans and has placed additional emphasis on its commercial real estate relationships. As discussed in more detail in the “Asset Quality and Distribution” section of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as of December 31, 2015, the Company concluded its allowance for loan losses was adequate based on the evaluation of the loan portfolio’s probable incurred losses.

 

IV. Summary of Loan Loss Experience

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the Company’s allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated:

 

    As of and for the year ending December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                               
Balances at beginning of year   $ 5,320     $ 5,540     $ 4,581     $ 4,707     $ 4,967  
Provision for loan losses     (700 )     600       800       1,900       2,000  
Charge-offs:                                        
One-to-four family residential real estate loans     (57 )     (29 )     (93 )     (70 )     (110 )
Construction and land loans     -       -       (53 )     (1,749 )     (1,173 )
Commercial real estate loans     (13 )     -       (11 )     -       (434 )
Commercial loans     (78 )     (783 )     (200 )     (70 )     (590 )
Agriculture loans     -       -       -       -       (1 )
Municipal loans     (88 )     -       (65 )     -       -  
Consumer loans     (318 )     (237 )     (194 )     (238 )     (132 )
Total charge-offs     (554 )     (1,049 )     (616 )     (2,127 )     (2,440 )
Recoveries:                                        
One-to-four family residential real estate loans     10       12       202       20       41  
Construction and land loans     1,722       166       523       4       4  
Commercial real estate loans     2       4       -       -       37  
Commercial loans     15       2       20       12       14  
Agriculture loans     73       -       -       39       35  
Consumer loans     34       45       30       26       49  
Total recoveries     1,856       229       775       101       180  
Net recoveries (charge-offs)     1,302       (820 )     159       (2,026 )     (2,260 )
Balances at end of year   $ 5,922     $ 5,320     $ 5,540     $ 4,581     $ 4,707  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans     1.39 %     1.26 %     1.32 %     1.43 %     1.50 %
Net loans charged off (recovered) to average net loans     -0.31 %     0.20 %     -0.05 %     0.66 %     0.74 %

 

  22  

  

The Company recorded net loan recoveries of $1.3 million during 2015, which were primarily associated with the recovery of $1.7 million on a $4.3 million construction loan which was fully charged-off during 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has recovered approximately $2.4 million of the loan and continues to pursue collection of the remaining amount. During 2014, we had net loan charge-offs of $820,000. The charge-offs were primarily associated with a previously identified and impaired $4.0 million commercial loan relationship. During 2013, we had net loan recoveries of $159,000, which were primarily associated with the $4.3 million construction loan noted above and recoveries on the payoff of a one-to-four family residential real estate loan which had been partially charged-off as part of a TDR in 2010. During 2012, we had net loan charge-offs of $2.0 million compared to $2.3 million during 2011. The net loan charge-offs in 2012 were primarily associated with two land loans that were the subject of TDRs, resulting in charge-offs to reduce the loans down to the market value of the collateral. In addition to the charge-off of a portion of the $4.3 million construction loan, the 2011 period also reflects a charge-off related to a previously identified and impaired commercial relationship consisting of $2.0 million in real estate and operating loans, which were charged down to market value after we acquired ownership of the property securing the loans during 2011. The commercial real estate property was sold during 2011 without incurring any further losses.

 

The distribution of the Company’s allowance for losses on loans at the dates indicated and the percent of loans in each category to total loans is summarized in the following table. This allocation reflects management’s judgment as to risks inherent in the types of loans indicated, but in general the Company’s total allowance for loan losses included in the table is not restricted and is available to absorb all loan losses. The amount allocated in the following table to any category should not be interpreted as an indication of expected actual charge-offs in that category.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    Amount     % Loan
type to
total
loans
    Amount     % Loan
type to
total
loans
    Amount     % Loan
type to
total
loans
    Amount     % Loan
type to
total
loans
    Amount     % Loan
type to
total
loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                             
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 925       31.0 %   $ 755       30.3 %   $ 732       29.8 %   $ 714       27.6 %   $ 560       25.2 %
Construction and land loans     77       3.5 %     762       5.2 %     1,343       5.7 %     1,214       7.3 %     928       6.9 %
Commercial real estate loans     1,740       27.9 %     1,832       28.1 %     1,970       28.5 %     1,313       27.7 %     1,791       29.8 %
Commercial loans     1,530       14.4 %     836       14.2 %     769       14.6 %     707       20.1 %     745       18.1 %
Agriculture loans     1,428       16.7 %     915       15.3 %     545       14.9 %     367       10.0 %     433       12.4 %
Municipal loans     23       1.8 %     51       2.1 %     47       2.1 %     107       3.1 %     130       3.3 %
Consumer loans     199       4.7 %     169       4.8 %     134       4.4 %     159       4.2 %     120       4.3 %
Total   $ 5,922       100.0 %   $ 5,320       100.0 %   $ 5,540       100.0 %   $ 4,581       100.0 %   $ 4,707       100.0 %

 

In 2015, the Company adjusted the historical loss analysis within the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses. The Company previously used a twelve quarter historical loss rate calculated by loan class. The updated historical loss analysis uses a migration analysis to track historical losses by loan class and risk categories over a longer period of time. In the opinion of management, the adjusted historical loss analysis more accurately allocates estimated losses. The adjustments resulted in reclassifications of the allocated allowance among various loan classes compared to December 31, 2014. The adjustments to the historical loss analysis did not have a significant impact on the total allowance for loan losses balance as of December 31, 2014.

 

The increase in the allocation of the allowance for loan losses on our one-to-four family residential real estate loans during 2015, 2013 and 2012 was related to an increase in outstanding loan balances. The increase in the allocation of the allowance for loan losses on our one-to-four family residential real estate loans during 2014 was primarily related to the increase in specific allowances related to impaired loans. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on construction and land decreased in 2015 due to lower outstanding loan balances. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on construction and land loans decreased in 2014 primarily due to a decrease in the specific allowance related to an impaired land loan and a decrease in outstanding loan balances. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on construction and land loans increased in 2013 and 2012 as a result of increases in loan balances and in the specific allowance related to an impaired land loan. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on commercial real estate loans decreased in 2015 and 2014 primarily as a result of the decrease in specific allowances related to impaired loans. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on commercial real estate loans increased in 2013 as a result of higher outstanding loan balances while the 2012 decline was the result of lower outstanding loan balances. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on commercial loans during 2015, 2014, and 2013 was related primarily to increased historical charge-offs, specific allowances on impaired loans and management’s judgment to increase the risk factors. The increase in the allocation of the allowance for loan losses on agriculture loans during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was primarily due to specific allowances on impaired loans, higher loan balances and management’s judgment to increase the risk factors. The allowance for loan losses is discussed in more detail in the “Non-performing Assets” and “Asset Quality and Distribution” sections of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” As of December 31, 2015, we believed the Company’s allowance for loan losses continued to be adequate based on the Company’s evaluation of the loan portfolio’s probable incurred losses.

 

  23  

  

V. Deposits

 

The following table presents the average deposit balances and the average rate paid on those balances for the years indicated:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
    Ave Balance     Ave Rate     Ave Balance     Ave Rate     Ave Balance     Ave Rate  
Non-interest bearing demand   $ 145,715             $ 134,865             $ 90,964          
Money market and checking     321,184       0.10 %     297,998       0.09 %     222,112       0.08 %
Savings accounts     78,791       0.03 %     73,743       0.03 %     52,933       0.03 %
Certificates of deposit     158,172       0.47 %     180,634       0.51 %     167,191       0.70 %
Total   $ 703,862             $ 687,240             $ 533,200          

 

The following table presents the maturities of jumbo certificates of deposit (amounts of $100,000 or more).

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Three months or less   $ 11,284     $ 17,583  
Over three months through six months     8,128       13,815  
Over six months through 12 months     11,325       11,821  
Over 12 months     14,870       14,957  
Total   $ 45,607     $ 58,176  

 

VI. Return on Equity and Assets

 

The following table presents information on return on average equity, return on average assets, equity to total assets and our dividend payout ratio.

 

    As of or for the years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Return on average assets     1.21 %     0.96 %     0.70 %
Return on average equity     13.81 %     11.89 %     7.33 %
Equity to total assets     9.17 %     8.30 %     7.56 %
Dividend payout ratio     24.87 %     30.25 %     48.32 %

 

VII. Short-term Borrowings

 

Information on short-term borrowings is excluded as the average balances of each category of short-term borrowings was less than 30 percent of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

  24  

  

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our securities is subject to certain risks inherent in our business. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this report. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The value or market price of our securities could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve.  An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions.  Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits.  These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits.  Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

 

The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future.  The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

 

Recent legislative and regulatory reforms applicable to the financial services industry may have a significant impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The laws, regulations, rules, policies and regulatory interpretations governing us are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time as Congress and various regulatory agencies react to adverse economic conditions or other matters. The global financial crisis of 2008–09 served as a catalyst for a number of significant changes in the financial services industry, including the Dodd-Frank Act, which reformed the regulation of financial institutions in a comprehensive manner, and the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, which increase both the amount and quality of capital that financial institutions must hold.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act, together with the regulations developed and to be developed thereunder, affects large and small financial institutions alike, including several provisions that impact how community banks, thrifts and small bank and thrift holding companies will operate in the future. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act changed the base for FDIC insurance assessments, and expanded the FDIC’s authority to raise the premiums we pay for deposit insurance, affected mortgage-related matters and established the CFPB as an independent entity within the Federal Reserve. The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act included provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at all publicly traded companies.

 

In addition, in July 2013, the U.S. federal banking authorities approved the implementation of the Basel III Rule. The Basel III Rule is applicable to all U.S. banks that are subject to minimum capital requirements as well as to bank and savings and loan holding companies, other than “small bank holding companies” (generally bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $1.0 billion). The Basel III Rule became effective on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period through 2019 for many of the changes.

 

The Basel III Rule not only increased most of the required minimum regulatory capital ratios, it also introduced a new Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio and the concept of a capital conservation buffer. The Basel III Rule also expanded the current definition of capital by establishing additional criteria that capital instruments must meet to be considered Additional Tier 1 Capital (i.e., Tier 1 Capital in addition to Common Equity) and Tier 2 Capital. A number of instruments that formerly qualified as Tier 1 Capital do not qualify or their qualifications changed upon the effectiveness of the Basel III Rule. However, the Basel III Rule permitted banking organizations with less than $250 billion in assets to retain, through a one-time election, the prior treatment for accumulated other comprehensive income, which previously did not affect regulatory capital. The Basel III Rule has maintained the general structure of the current prompt corrective action thresholds while incorporating the increased requirements, including the Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio. In order to be a “well-capitalized” depository institution under the new regime, an institution must maintain a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6.5% or more, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 8% or more, a Total Capital ratio of 10% or more, and a leverage ratio of 5% or more. Institutions must also maintain a capital conservation buffer equivalent to 2.5% of risk weighted assets of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.

 

  25  

  

The implementation of these provisions, as well as any other aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial industry, may impact the profitability of our business activities and may change certain of our business practices, including the ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads, and could expose us to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. Although we are currently compliant with the Basel III Rule it may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations in order to continue to comply, and could therefore also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to domestic and, to a lesser extent, international economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and could materially and adversely affect us.

 

From December 2007 through June 2009, the U.S. economy was in recession. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions in the U.S. was greatly reduced. Although general economic conditions have improved, growth has not returned to levels experienced prior to the recent recession. In addition, international economic conditions are indicating slower growth.

 

Market conditions also led to the failure or merger of several prominent financial institutions and numerous regional and community-based financial institutions. These failures had a significant negative impact on the capitalization level of the DIF, which, in turn, led to a significant increase in deposit insurance premiums paid by financial institutions.

 

Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of customers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer, is highly dependent upon the business environment not only in the markets where we operate, but also in the state of Kansas generally and in the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors: economic growth; efficient capital markets; low inflation; low unemployment; high business and investor confidence; and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by: declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment; natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors.

 

While economic conditions in the state of Kansas and the United States have generally improved since the recession, there can be no assurance that this improvement will continue. Economic conditions in the state of Kansas and the United States may also be unfavorably impacted by international economic conditions. Such conditions could materially and adversely affect us.

 

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our earnin gs.

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, the Bank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. We generally cannot control the amount of premiums the Bank will be required to pay for FDIC insurance. The FDIC recently increased the deposit insurance fund’s target reserve ratio to 2.0% of insured deposits following the Dodd-Frank Act’s elimination of the 1.5% cap on the insurance fund’s reserve ratio and has put in place a restoration plan to restore the deposit insurance fund to its 1.35% minimum reserve ratio mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act by September 30, 2020. Additional increases in assessment rates may be required in the future to achieve this targeted reserve ratio. In addition, higher levels of bank failures in recent years and increases in the statutory deposit insurance limits have increased resolution costs to the FDIC and put pressure on the deposit insurance fund. The Bank may be required to pay even higher FDIC insurance premiums than the recently increased levels, or the FDIC may charge additional special assessments. Future increases of FDIC insurance premiums or special assessments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

  26  

  

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio.

 

We established our allowance for loan losses and maintain it at a level considered appropriate by management to absorb probable incurred loan losses in the portfolio. Additionally, our Board of Directors regularly monitors the appropriateness of our allowance for loan losses. The allowance is also subject to regulatory examinations and a determination by the regulatory agencies as to the appropriate level of the allowance. The amount of future loan losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates and the value of the underlying collateral, which may be beyond our control, and such losses may exceed current estimates. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.39% and 1.26%, respectively, and as a percentage of total non-performing loans was 273.15% and 87.99%, respectively. Although management believes that the allowance for loan losses is appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses on any existing loans that may become uncollectible, we cannot predict loan losses with certainty nor can we assure you that our allowance for loan losses will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future. Loan losses in excess of our reserves will adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our concentration of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans may result in lower yields and profitability.

 

One-to-four family residential mortgage loans comprised $131.9 million and $127.6 million, or 31.0% and 30.3%, of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These loans are secured primarily by properties located in the state of Kansas. Our concentration of these loans results in lower yields relative to other loan categories within our loan portfolio. While these loans generally possess higher yields than investment securities, their repayment characteristics are not as well defined and they generally possess a higher degree of interest rate risk versus other loans and investment securities within our portfolio. This increased interest rate risk is due to the repayment and prepayment options inherent in residential mortgage loans which are exercised by borrowers based upon the overall level of interest rates. These residential mortgage loans are generally made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from his or her employment and the value of the property securing the loan. Thus, as a result, repayment of these loans is also subject to general economic and employment conditions within the communities and surrounding areas where the property is located.

 

A decline in residential real estate market prices or home sales has the potential to adversely affect our one-to-four family residential mortgage portfolio in several ways, each of which could adversely affect our operating results and/or financial condition.

 

The Bank may be required to repurchase mortgage loans in some circumstances, which could harm our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

 

When the Bank sells mortgage loans, we are required to make certain representations and warranties to the purchaser about the loans and the manner in which they were originated. Our sales agreements require us to repurchase mortgage loans in the event of a breach of any of these representations or warranties. In addition, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default of the borrower on a mortgage loan. In 2015, we were obligated to repurchase five loans. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

 

The repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on business demand deposits could increase our interest expense and have a material adverse effect on us.

 

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on business demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, some financial institutions have commenced offering interest on these demand deposits to compete for customers. Although this development has not meaningfully impacted our interest expense in the current low-rate, high-liquidity environment in which competition among financial institutions for deposits is generally low, if competitive pressures in the future could require us to pay interest on these demand deposits to attract and retain business customers, our interest expense would increase and our net interest margin would decrease. This could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

  27  

  

Commercial loans make up a significant portion of our loan portfolio.

 

Commercial loans comprised $61.3 million and $60.0 million, or 14.4% and 14.2%, of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our commercial loans are made based primarily on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral is accounts receivable, inventory, or machinery. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any exists. As a result, in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. The collateral securing other loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. Due to the larger average size of each commercial loan as compared with other loans such as residential loans, as well as collateral that is generally less readily marketable, losses incurred on a small number of commercial loans could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.  

 

Our agriculture loans involve a greater degree of risk than other loans, and the ability of the borrower to repay may be affected by many factors outside of the borrower’s control.

 

Agriculture operating loans comprised $43.6 million and $34.9 million, or 10.3% and 8.3%, of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The repayment of agriculture operating loans is dependent on the successful operation or management of the farm property. Likewise, agricultural operating loans involve a greater degree of risk than lending on residential properties, particularly in the case of loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciating assets such as farm equipment, livestock or crops. We generally secure agricultural operating loans with a blanket lien on livestock, equipment, food, hay, grain and crops. Nevertheless, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.

 

We also originate agriculture real estate loans. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, agricultural real estate loans totaled $27.4 million and $29.4 million, or 6.4% and 7.0% of our total loan portfolio, respectively. Agricultural real estate lending involves a greater degree of risk and typically involves larger loans to single borrowers than lending on single-family residences. As with agriculture operating loans, payments on agricultural real estate loans are dependent on the profitable operation or management of the farm property securing the loan. The success of the farm may be affected by many factors outside the control of the farm borrower, including adverse weather conditions that prevent the planting of a crop or limit crop yields (such as hail, drought and floods), loss of livestock due to disease or other factors, declines in market prices for agricultural products (both domestically and internationally) and the impact of government regulations (including changes in price supports, subsidies and environmental regulations). In addition, many farms are dependent on a limited number of key individuals whose injury or death may significantly affect the successful operation of the farm. If the cash flow from a farming operation is diminished, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. The primary crops in our market areas are wheat, corn and soybean. Accordingly, adverse circumstances affecting wheat, corn and soybean crops could have an adverse effect on our agricultural real estate loan portfolio.

 

Our business is concentrated in and dependent upon the continued growth and welfare of the markets in which we operate, including eastern, central, southeast and southwest Kansas.

 

We operate primarily in eastern, central, southeast and southwest Kansas, and as a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are subject to changes in the economic conditions in those areas. Although each market we operate in is geographically and economically diverse, our success depends upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in each of these markets. Although our customers’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond our market area, adverse economic conditions that affect our specific market area could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans to us and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations. Because of our geographic concentration, we are less able than other regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets.

 

  28  

  

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth, and our growth strategy involves risks that may negatively impact our net income.

 

As part of our general strategy, we may acquire banks, branches and related businesses that we believe provide a strategic fit with our business. In the past, we have acquired a number of local banks and branches, and, to the extent that we grow through future acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately and profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks and businesses will involve risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including:

 

· potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire;
· exposure to potential asset quality issues of the acquired bank or related business;
· difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of banks and businesses we acquire;
· potential disruption to our business;
· potential diversion of our management’s time and attention; and
· the possible loss of key employees and customers of the banks and businesses we acquire.

 

In addition to acquisitions, we may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our current markets by undertaking additional branch openings. We believe that it generally takes several years for new banking facilities to first achieve operational profitability, due to the impact of organization and overhead expenses and the start-up phase of generating loans and deposits. To the extent that we undertake additional branch openings, we are likely to experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets.

 

We face intense competition in all phases of our business from other banks and financial institutions.

 

The banking and financial services business in our market is highly competitive. Our competitors include large regional banks, local community banks, savings and loan associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, money market mutual funds, credit unions and other non-bank financial service providers, many of which have greater financial, marketing and technological resources than us. Many of these competitors are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions that we are and may be able to compete more effectively as a result. Also, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. For example, consumers can maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Increased competition in our market may result in a decrease in the amounts of our loans and deposits, reduced spreads between loan rates and deposit rates or loan terms that are more favorable to the borrower. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow and remain profitable. If increased competition causes us to significantly discount the interest rates we offer on loans or increase the amount we pay on deposits, our net interest income could be adversely impacted. If increased competition causes us to relax our underwriting standards, we could be exposed to higher losses from lending activities. Additionally, many of our competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader range of financial services than we can offer.

 

Interest rates and other conditions impact our results of operations.

 

Our profitability is in part a function of the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Like most banking institutions, our net interest spread and margin will be affected by general economic conditions and other factors, including fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government that influence market interest rates and our ability to respond to changes in such rates. At any given time, our assets and liabilities will be such that they are affected differently by a given change in interest rates. As a result, an increase or decrease in rates, the length of loan terms or the mix of adjustable and fixed rate loans in our portfolio could have a positive or negative effect on our net income, capital and liquidity. We measure interest rate risk under various rate scenarios and using specific criteria and assumptions. A summary of this process, along with the results of our net interest income simulations is presented in the section entitled Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” Although we believe our current level of interest rate sensitivity is reasonable and effectively managed, significant fluctuations in interest rates may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  29  

  

Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in non-performing assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. Subsequently, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of non-performing assets would have an adverse impact on net interest income.

 

Rising interest rates will result in a decline in value of our fixed-rate debt securities. The unrealized losses resulting from holding these securities would be recognized in other comprehensive income and reduce total stockholders' equity. Unrealized losses do not negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios; however, tangible common equity and the associated ratios would be reduced. If debt securities in an unrealized loss position are sold, such losses become realized and will reduce our regulatory capital ratios.

 

Declines in value may adversely impact the carrying amount of our investment portfolio and result in other-than-temporary impairment charges.

 

We may be required to record impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer declines in value that are considered other-than-temporary. If the credit quality of the securities in our investment portfolio deteriorates, we may also experience a loss in interest income from the suspension of either interest or dividend payments. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for resales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate or adverse actions by regulators could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods.

 

Downgrades in the credit rating of one or more insurers that provide credit enhancement for our state and municipal securities portfolio may have an adverse impact on the market for and valuation of these types of securities.

 

We invest in tax-exempt state and local municipal investment securities, some of which are insured by monoline insurers. As of December 31, 2015, we had $219.8 million of municipal securities, which represented 62.2% of our total securities portfolio. With the economic crisis that began to unfold in 2008, several of these insurers came under scrutiny by rating agencies. Even though management generally purchases municipal securities on the overall credit strength of the issuer, the reduction in the credit rating of an insurer may negatively impact the market for and valuation of our investment securities. Such downgrade could adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We must effectively manage our credit risk.

 

There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions. We attempt to minimize our credit risk through prudent loan application approval procedures, careful monitoring of the concentration of our loans within specific industries and periodic independent reviews of outstanding loans by our credit review department. However, we cannot assure you that such approval and monitoring procedures will reduce these credit risks.

 

Most of our loans are commercial, real estate, or agriculture loans, each of which is subject to distinct types of risk. To reduce the lending risks we face, we generally take a security interest in borrowers’ property for all three types of loans. In addition, we sell certain residential real estate loans to third parties. Nevertheless, the risk of non-payment is inherent in all three types of loans and if we are unable to collect amounts owed, it may materially affect our operations and financial performance. For a more complete discussion of our lending activities see Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

  30  

  

Non-performing assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and could result in further losses in the future.

 

As of December 31, 2015, our non-performing loans (which consist of non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest) totaled $2.2 million, or 0.51% of our loan portfolio, and our non-performing assets (which include non-performing loans plus real estate owned) totaled $3.2 million, or 0.36% of total assets. In addition, we had $1.4 million in accruing loans that were 30-89 days delinquent as of December 31, 2015.

 

Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or other real estate, thereby adversely affecting our net income and returns on assets and equity, increasing our loan administration costs and adversely affecting our efficiency ratio. When we take collateral in foreclosure and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the collateral to its then-fair market value, which may result in a loss. These non-performing loans and other real estate also increase our risk profile and the capital our regulators believe is appropriate in light of such risks. The resolution of non-performing assets requires significant time commitments from management and can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. If we experience increases in non-performing loans and non-performing assets, our net interest income may be negatively impacted and our loan administration costs could increase, each of which could have an adverse effect on our net income and related ratios, such as return on assets and equity.

 

Our loan portfolio has a large concentration of real estate loans, which involve risks specific to real estate value.

 

Real estate lending (including commercial, construction, land and residential) is a large portion of our loan portfolio. These categories were $265.9 million, or approximately 62.4% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015, as compared to $267.9 million, or approximately 63.6%, as of December 31, 2014. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located. Although a significant portion of such loans are secured by a secondary form of collateral, adverse developments affecting real estate values in one or more of our markets could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio. Additionally, real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Economic events or governmental regulations outside of the control of the borrower or lender could negatively impact the future cash flow and market values of the affected properties.

 

If the loans that are collateralized by real estate become troubled during a time when market conditions are declining or have declined, then we may not be able to realize the amount of security that we anticipated at the time of originating the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. In light of the uncertainty that exists in the economy and credit markets nationally, there can be no guarantee that we will not experience additional deterioration in credit performance by our real estate loan customers.

 

Our growth or future losses may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

 

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations, and those requirements recently became more onerous with the implementation of the Basel III Rule. We anticipate that our existing capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future. However, we may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continuing growth. Our ability to raise additional capital is particularly important to our strategy of continual growth through acquisitions. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital if needed on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.

 

  31  

  

Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future.

 

We expect that other banking and financial service companies, many of which have significantly greater resources than us, will compete with us in acquiring other financial institutions if we pursue such acquisitions. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. Also, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals, we will not be able to consummate an acquisition that we believe is in our best interests. Among other things, our regulators consider our capital, liquidity, profitability, regulatory compliance and levels of goodwill and intangibles when considering acquisition and expansion proposals. Any acquisition could be dilutive to our earnings and stockholders' equity per share of our common stock.

 

Our community banking strategy relies heavily on our management team, and the unexpected loss of key managers may adversely affect our operations.

 

Much of our success to date has been influenced strongly by our ability to attract and to retain senior management experienced in banking and financial services and familiar with the communities in our market area. Our ability to retain executive officers, the current management teams, branch managers and loan officers of our operating subsidiaries will continue to be important to the successful implementation of our strategy. It is also critical, as we grow, to be able to attract and retain qualified additional management and loan officers with the appropriate level of experience and knowledge about our market area to implement our community-based operating strategy. The unexpected loss of services of any key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have a continuing need for technological change and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology.

 

The financial services industry continues to undergo rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency as well as enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market area. Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products to those that we will be able to offer, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we cannot provide you with assurance that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers.

 

There is a limited trading market for our common shares, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

 

Although our common shares are listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LARK,” the trading in our common shares has substantially less liquidity than many other publicly traded companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the market of willing buyers and sellers of our common shares at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. We cannot assure you that volume of trading in our common shares will increase in the future.

 

  32  

  

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security and cyber-attacks, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We rely heavily on internal and outsourced technologies, communications, and information systems to conduct our business. Additionally, in the normal course of business, we collect, process and retain sensitive and confidential information regarding our customers. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the potential risks of a technology-related operation interruption (such as disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, or other systems) or the occurrence of cyber-attacks (such as unauthorized access to our systems). These risks have increased for all financial institutions due to new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others. In addition to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers have engaged in attacks against large financial institutions, particularly denial of service attacks, that are designed to disrupt key business services, such as customer-facing web sites. In addition, it is possible that we may not be able to detect security breaches on a timely basis, or at all, which could increase the costs and risks associated with any such breach. We are not able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. However, applying guidance from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, we have analyzed and will continue to analyze security related to device specific considerations, user access topics, transaction-processing and network integrity.

 

We also face risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card and debit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks and our processors. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks. Because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that we do not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third parties could impact us through no fault of our own, and in some cases we may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them. In addition, we offer our customers protection against fraud and certain losses for unauthorized use of debit cards in order to stay competitive with other financial institutions. Offering such protection exposes us to possible losses. Further cyber-attacks or other breaches in the future, whether affecting us or others, could intensify consumer concern and regulatory focus and result in reduced use of payment cards and increased costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent we are involved in any future cyber-attacks or other breaches, our reputation could be affected which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

 

Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

 

We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to pay interest on our debt may adversely impact our ability to pay dividends.

 

Our $21.1 million of subordinated debentures are held by three business trusts that we control. Interest payments on the debentures must be paid before we pay dividends on our capital stock, including our common stock. We have the right to defer interest payments on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters. However, if we elect to defer interest payments, all deferred interest must be paid before we may pay dividends on our capital stock. Deferral of interest payments could also cause a decline in the market price of our common stock.

 

We are subject to changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines.

 

Our financial performance is impacted by accounting principles, policies and guidelines. Some of these policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses.

 

  33  

  

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be difficult to predict and could materially impact how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in these standards are continuously occurring, and given recent economic conditions, more drastic changes may occur. The implementation of such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us.

 

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, compensation risk, legal and compliance risk, and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. Our ability to successfully identify and manage risks facing us is an important factor that can significantly impact our results. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Environmental reviews of real property before initiating foreclosure actions may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  34  

  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The Company has 29 offices in 23 communities across Kansas: Manhattan (2), Auburn, Dodge City (2), Fort Scott (2), Garden City, Great Bend (2), Hoisington, Iola, Junction City, Kincaid, LaCrosse, Lawrence (2), Lenexa, Louisburg, Mound City, Osage City, Osawatomie, Overland Park, Paola, Pittsburg, Topeka (2), Wamego and Wellsville, Kansas. The Company owns its main office in Manhattan, Kansas and 25 branch offices and leases three branch offices. The Company leases one branch office in each of Iola, Topeka, and Wamego, Kansas. The Company also leases a parking lot for one of the Dodge City branch offices it owns.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or the Bank is a party or of which any of their property is subject, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the Bank’s business. While the ultimate outcome of current legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these legal actions should not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

  35  

 

PART II.

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock has traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "LARK" since 2001. At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately 305 owners of record and approximately 825 beneficial owners of our common stock. Set forth below are the reported high and low sale prices of our common stock and dividends paid during the past two years. Information presented below has been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends declared in December 2015 and 2014.

 

Year ended December 31, 2015   High     Low     Cash
dividends
paid
 
First Quarter   $ 27.31     $ 19.56     $ 0.1810  
Second Quarter     26.52       22.09     $ 0.1810  
Third Quarter     26.48       23.33     $ 0.1810  
Fourth Quarter     27.50       24.26     $ 0.1810  
                         
Year ended December 31, 2014     High       Low       Cash
dividends
paid
 
First Quarter   $ 18.15     $ 17.01     $ 0.1723  
Second Quarter     21.75       17.08     $ 0.1723  
Third Quarter     21.31       17.69     $ 0.1723  
Fourth Quarter     24.48       18.82     $ 0.1723  

 

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is largely dependent upon the dividends it receives from the Bank. The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of cash dividends they may pay. See “Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation – Regulation and Supervision of the Company – Dividend Payments” and “Business - Supervision and Regulation – Regulation and Supervision the Bank – Dividend Payments” for a more detailed description of these limitations.

 

In May 2008, our Board of Directors announced the approval of a stock repurchase program permitting us to repurchase up to 113,400 shares, or 5% of our then-outstanding common stock. Unless terminated earlier by resolution of the Board of Directors, the May 2008 Repurchase Program will expire when we have repurchased all shares authorized for repurchase thereunder. As of December 31, 2015, there were 108,006 shares remaining to repurchase under the plan. The Company did not repurchase any shares during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  36  

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

    At or for the years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Selected Financial Data:                                        
Total assets   $ 878,376     $ 863,470     $ 828,755     $ 614,067     $ 598,240  
Loans, net     419,923       416,190       414,016       315,914       310,081  
Investment securities     357,935       352,938       305,517       218,538       204,885  
Cash and cash equivalents     13,569       12,760       29,735       14,920       17,501  
Deposits     714,727       704,555       687,486       482,500       454,134  
Borrowings     70,658       76,547       68,744       59,967       76,597  
Stockholders’ equity     80,570       71,645       62,692       63,333       59,120  
                                         
Selected Operating Data:                                        
Interest income     28,997       27,850       22,112       22,052       22,586  
Interest expense     3,081       3,186       3,081       3,910       4,659  
Net interest income     25,916       24,664       19,031       18,142       17,927  
Provision for loan losses     (700 )     600       800       1,900       2,000  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     26,616       24,064       18,231       16,242       15,927  
Non-interest income     17,010       15,071       10,705       12,443       9,015  
Non-interest expense     29,206       28,060       23,535       20,504       19,954  
Earnings before income taxes     14,420       11,075       5,401       8,181       4,988  
Income tax expense     3,914       3,026       746       1,814       504  
Net earnings     10,506       8,049       4,655       6,367       4,484  
Earnings per share (1):                                        
Basic     3.00       2.30       1.37       1.88       1.32  
Diluted     2.91       2.27       1.35       1.87       1.32  
Dividends per share (1)     0.72       0.69       0.66       0.63       0.60  
Book value per common share outstanding (1)     22.82       20.47       18.10       18.72       17.48  
                                         
Other Data:                                        
Return on average assets     1.21 %     0.96 %     0.70 %     1.01 %     0.78 %
Return on average equity     13.81 %     11.89 %     7.33 %     10.34 %     7.98 %
Equity to total assets     9.17 %     8.30 %     7.56 %     10.31 %     9.88 %
Net interest rate spread (2)     3.42 %     3.38 %     3.30 %     3.36 %     3.67 %
Net interest margin (2)     3.51 %     3.47 %     3.40 %     3.47 %     3.77 %
Non-performing assets to total assets     0.36 %     0.73 %     1.24 %     1.88 %     0.80 %
Non-performing loans to total gross loans     0.51 %     1.44 %     2.35 %     2.84 %     0.45 %
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans     1.39 %     1.26 %     1.32 %     1.43 %     1.50 %
Dividend payout ratio     24.87 %     30.25 %     48.32 %     33.33 %     44.72 %
Number of full service banking offices     29       29       30       22       21  

(1) All per share amounts have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid in December 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(2) Presented on a taxable equivalent basis, using a 34% federal tax rate.

 

Our selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes.

 

  37  

  

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

CORPORATE PROFILE AND OVERVIEW

 

Landmark Bancorp, Inc. is a one-bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and is engaged in the banking business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark National Bank. The Company is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LARK.” The Bank is dedicated to providing quality financial and banking services to its local communities. Our strategy includes continuing a tradition of quality assets while growing our commercial, commercial real estate and agriculture loan portfolios. We are committed to developing relationships with our borrowers and providing a total banking service.

 

The Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits, together with borrowings and other funds, to originate one-to-four family residential real estate, construction and land, commercial real estate, commercial, agriculture, municipal and consumer loans. Although not our primary business function, we do invest in certain investment and mortgage-related securities using deposits and other borrowings as funding sources.

 

Our results of operations depend generally on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by regulatory, economic and competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand and deposit flows. In addition, we are subject to interest rate risk to the degree that our interest-earning assets mature or reprice at different times, or at different speeds, than our interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations are also affected by non-interest income, such as service charges, loan fees and gains from the sale of newly originated loans and gains or losses on investments, and certain non-interest related items, including variances in the provision for loan losses. Our principal operating expenses, aside from interest expense, consist of compensation and employee benefits, occupancy costs, professional fees, federal deposit insurance costs, data processing expenses and provision for loan losses.

 

We are significantly impacted by prevailing economic conditions including federal monetary and fiscal policies and federal regulations of financial institutions. Deposit balances are influenced by numerous factors such as competing investments, the level of income and the personal rate of savings within our market areas. Factors influencing lending activities include the demand for housing and the interest rate pricing competition from other lending institutions.

 

Currently, our business consists of ownership of the Bank, with its main office in Manhattan, Kansas and twenty eight additional branch offices in central, eastern, southeast and southwest Kansas. In August 2013, we entered into an agreement to acquire Citizens Bank. Citizens Bank had its main office in Fort Scott, Kansas and seven additional branches located in eastern Kansas. Citizens Bank, which was merged into Landmark National Bank on November 1, 2013, had approximately $195 million in assets. The results of the merger did not affect the Bank for all of 2013, and 2014 was the first full year incorporating the Citizens Bank merger in our operations and results.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Critical accounting policies are those that are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and require our management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies relate to the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate owned, the valuation of investment securities, accounting for income taxes and the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets, all of which involve significant judgment by our management.

 

We perform periodic and systematic detailed reviews of our lending portfolio to assess overall collectability. The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects our estimate of the collectability of the loan portfolio. While these estimates are based on substantive methods for determining allowance requirements, actual outcomes may differ significantly from estimated results. Additional explanation of the methodologies used in establishing this allowance is provided in the “Asset Quality and Distribution” section.

 

  38  

  

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at the date of foreclosure at fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs through a gain or a charge to the allowance for loan losses, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, the Company records a charge to earnings if the carrying value of a property exceeds the fair value less estimated costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and subsequent declines in fair value are included in other non-interest expense in the statement of earnings.

 

The Company has classified its investment securities portfolio as available-for-sale, with the exception of certain investments held for regulatory purposes. The Company carries its available-for-sale investment securities at fair value and employs valuation techniques which utilize quoted prices or observable inputs when those inputs are available. These observable inputs reflect assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the security, developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. When such information is not available, the Company employs valuation techniques which utilize unobservable inputs, or those which reflect the Company’s own assumptions, based on the best information available in the circumstances. These valuation methods typically involve estimated cash flows and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, estimates, or other inputs to the valuation techniques could have a material impact on the Company’s future financial condition and results of operations. Fair value measurements are classified as Level 1 (quoted prices), Level 2 (based on observable inputs) or Level 3 (based on unobservable inputs). Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of taxes, until realized. Purchase premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized/accreted into interest income over the estimated lives of the securities using the interest method. Realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale securities are recorded on a trade date basis and are calculated using the specific identification method.

 

The Company performs quarterly reviews of the investment portfolio to determine if any investment securities have any declines in fair value which might be considered other-than-temporary. The initial review begins with all securities in an unrealized loss position. The Company’s assessment of other-than-temporary impairment is based on its judgment of the specific facts and circumstances impacting each individual security at the time such assessments are made. The Company reviews and considers factual information, including expected cash flows, the structure of the security, the credit quality of the underlying assets and the current and anticipated market conditions. Credit-related impairments on debt securities are recorded through a charge to earnings. If an equity security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the entire impairment is recorded through a charge to earnings.

 

We have completed several business and asset acquisitions since 2002, which have generated significant amounts of goodwill and intangible assets and related amortization. The values assigned to goodwill and intangibles, as well as their related useful lives, are subject to judgment and estimation by our management. Goodwill and intangibles related to acquisitions are determined and based on purchase price allocations. The initial value assigned to goodwill is the residual of the purchase price over the fair value of all identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Valuation of intangible assets is generally based on the estimated cash flows related to those assets. Performing discounted cash flow analyses involves the use of estimates and assumptions. Useful lives are based on the expected future period of the benefit of the asset, the assessment of which considers various characteristics of the asset, including the historical cash flows. Due to the number of estimates involved related to the allocation of purchase price and determining the appropriate useful lives of intangible assets, we have identified purchase accounting, and the subsequent impairment testing of goodwill and intangible assets, as a critical accounting policy.

 

Goodwill is not amortized; however, it is tested for impairment at each calendar year end or more frequently when events or circumstances dictate. The impairment test compares the carrying value of goodwill to an implied fair value of the goodwill, which is based on a review of the Company’s market capitalization adjusted for appropriate control premiums as well as an analysis of valuation multiples of recent, comparable acquisitions. The Company considers the result from each of these valuation methods to determine the implied fair value of its goodwill. A goodwill impairment would be recorded for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value. The Company performed a step one impairment test as of December 31, 2015 by comparing the implied fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit to its carrying value. Fair value was determined using observable market data, including the Company’s market capitalization, with control premiums and valuation multiples, compared to recent financial industry acquisition multiples for similar institutions to estimate the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit. The Company’s step one impairment test indicated that its goodwill was not impaired. The Company can make no assurances that future impairment tests will not result in goodwill impairments.

 

  39  

  

Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles, lease intangibles and mortgage servicing rights. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life of ten years on an accelerated basis. Lease intangible assets are amortized over the life of the lease. When facts and circumstances indicate potential impairment, the Company will evaluate the recoverability of the intangible asset carrying value, using estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over the asset’s remaining life. Any impairment loss is measured by the excess of carrying value over fair value. Mortgage servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through the sale of financial assets, primarily one-to-four family real estate loans. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized into non-interest expense in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value, and are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the retained rights as compared to amortized cost.

 

The objective of accounting for income taxes is to recognize the taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in financial statements or tax returns. The Company recognizes an income tax position only if it is more likely than not that it will be sustained upon IRS examination, based upon its technical merits. Once that standard is met, the amount recorded will be the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings. The Company assesses it deferred tax assets to determine if the items are more likely than not to be realized and a valuation allowance is established for any amounts that are not more likely than not to be realized. Changes in estimates regarding the actual outcome of these future tax consequences, including the effects of IRS examinations and examinations by other state agencies, could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

 

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE. Net earnings for 2015 increased $2.5 million, or 30.5%, to $10.5 million as compared to $8.0 million for 2014. The increase in net earnings was partially the result of a $1.7 million recovery on a previously charged-off construction loan, which contributed to a $700,000 credit provision for loan losses during 2015 compared to a $600,000 provision for loan losses during the same period of 2014. Higher net interest income and gains on sales of loans during 2015 also contributed to the increase in net earnings as compared to 2014. Gains on sales of loans increased primarily as a result of increased volumes of one-to-four family residential real estate loans originated and sold during 2015 as compared to 2014. The higher origination volumes were the result of adding mortgage lenders and increased refinancing demand.

 

Net interest income for 2015 increased $1.2 million to $25.9 million, or 5.1% higher than the $24.7 million recorded for 2014. Our net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, increased from 3.47% during 2014 to 3.51% in 2015. The growth in net interest income was primarily the result of a 4.4% increase in average interest-earning assets, from $752.8 million in 2014 to $785.6 million in 2015. With the continuing low interest rate environment, it is unlikely that we will be able to increase our net interest margin from current levels without increasing our interest-earnings assets, as we will likely have to reinvest our future cash flows into lower yielding investments and may not be able to renew our current loans at the same rates.

 

We distributed a 5% stock dividend for the 15th consecutive year in December 2015. All per share and average share data in this section reflect the 2015 and 2014 stock dividends.

 

Interest Income. Interest income for 2015 increased $1.1 million to $29.0 million, an increase of 4.1% as compared to 2014. Interest income on loans increased $216,000, or 1.0%, to $21.3 million for 2015 compared to 2014, due to higher average loan balances. Our average loan balances increased from $422.3 million during the 2014 to $428.8 million during 2015. Partially offsetting the higher average loan balances was a decline in our tax equivalent yield on loans which decreased from 5.04% to 5.01% over the same periods. Interest income on investment securities increased $931,000, or 13.9%, to $7.7 million during 2015, as compared to $6.7 million in 2014. The increase in interest income on investment securities was primarily the result of an increase in our average balance of investment securities from $322.2 million during 2014 to $354.0 million during 2015. Also contributing to the higher interest income on investment securities was an increase in our tax equivalent yield, which increased from 2.48% in 2014 to 2.59% during 2015.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense during 2015 decreased $105,000, or 3.3%, to $3.1 million as compared to 2014. Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $164,000, or 13.3%, to $1.1 million for 2015 as compared to 2014, despite increased average balances. Our total cost of interest-bearing deposits declined from 0.22% during 2014 to 0.19% during 2015 as a result of higher average balances in our lower-rate savings, money market and checking accounts and lower balances of higher-rate certificates of deposit. Our average interest-bearing deposit balances increased from $552.4 million during 2014 to $558.1 million during 2015. Interest expense on borrowings increased $59,000, or 3.0%, to $2.0 million during 2015 as compared 2014, due to an increase in our average outstanding borrowings. Our average outstanding borrowings increased from $71.3 million in 2014 to $77.7 million during 2015. Partially offsetting the increase in average outstanding borrowings was a lower average rate on our borrowings, which decreased from 2.74% in 2014 to 2.59% in 2015.

 

  40  

 

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income represents the difference between income derived from interest-earning assets and the expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by both the difference between the rates of interest earned on interest-earnings assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities (“interest rate spread”) as well as the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

During 2015, net interest income increased $1.2 million, or 5.1%, to $25.9 million compared to $24.7 million in 2014. Our net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased to 3.51% during 2015 from 3.47% during 2014. The increase in net interest income was primarily the result of a 4.4% increase in our average interest-earning assets from $752.8 million in 2014 to $785.6 million in 2015. We do not expect any further increases in our net interest margin in the near term, and it is possible that our net interest margin will decline in future periods, as we may be unable to increase the yield on our loans and investment securities to the extent necessary to offset higher cost of deposits and borrowings if interest rates rise.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. We maintain, and our Board of Directors monitors, an allowance for losses on loans. The allowance is established based upon management's periodic evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, review of significant individual loans and collateral, review of delinquent loans, past loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, current and expected market conditions, and other factors management deems important. Determining the appropriate level of reserves involves a high degree of management judgment and is based upon historical and projected losses in the loan portfolio and the collateral value or discounted cash flows of specifically identified impaired loans. Additionally, allowance policies are subject to periodic review and revision in response to a number of factors, including current market conditions, actual loss experience and management’s expectations.

 

During 2015, we recorded a credit provision for loan losses of $700,000 compared to a provision for loan losses of $600,000 during 2014. We recorded net loan recoveries of $1.3 million during 2015 compared to net loan charge-offs of $820,000 during 2014. The net loan recoveries during 2015 were primarily associated with the recovery of $1.7 million on a $4.3 million construction loan which was fully charged-off during 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has recovered approximately $2.4 million of the loan and continues to pursue collection of the remaining amount. The net loan recoveries during 2015 were the primary reason for the credit provision for loan losses during the year. For further discussion of the allowance for loan losses, refer to the “Asset Quality and Distribution” section.

 

Non-interest Income. Total non-interest income was $17.0 million in 2015, an increase of $1.9 million, or 12.9%, compared to 2014. The increase in non-interest income was primarily the result of an increase of $2.1 million in gains on sales of loans. Gains on sales of loans increased primarily as a result of increased volumes of one-to-four family residential real estate loans originated and sold during 2015 as compared to the prior year. The higher origination volumes were the result of adding mortgage lenders and increased refinancing demand. Also contributing to the increase in non-interest income was a gain of $236,000 on the sale of a closed branch facility during 2015, which was included in other non-interest income. A net loss of $119,000 was recorded on sales of investment securities during 2015 as we sold $30.6 million of our agency mortgage-backed investment securities portfolio to reduce exposure to rising interest rates. During 2014, we recognized $99,000 in gains on sales of investment securities.

 

  41  

 

Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $1.1 million, or 4.1%, to $29.2 million in 2015 compared to $28.1 million in 2014. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily the result of increases of $883,000 in compensation and benefits and $460,000 in other non-interest expense. The higher compensation and benefits expense in 2015 primarily reflected expenses associated with the expanded mortgage banking activity while the increase in other non-interest expense reflected a $163,000 impairment of an affordable housing investment and the expanded mortgage banking activity. The affordable housing investment had a residual equity value which was determined to be impaired based upon an updated appraisal. The Company does not have any other affordable housing investments which include residual equity values. Partially offsetting those increases were declines of $145,000 in occupancy and equipment and $85,000 in federal deposit insurance premiums.

 

INCOME TAXES. During 2015, we recorded income tax expense of $3.9 million, which constituted an effective tax rate of 27.1%, compared to an income tax expense of $3.0 million and an effective tax rate of 27.3% in 2014. The increase in tax expense during 2015 was due to a higher level of taxable income as our effective tax rate remained relatively stable.

 

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE. Net earnings for 2014 increased $3.4 million, or 72.9%, to $8.0 million as compared to $4.7 million for 2013. The increase in net earnings was driven primarily by our acquisition of Citizens Bank on November 1, 2013, which contributed to the increases in net interest income, non-interest income and non-interest expenses as a result of the eight additional branches assumed in the acquisition.

 

Net interest income for 2014 increased $5.6 million to $24.7 million, or 29.6% higher than the $19.0 million recorded for 2013. Our net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, increased from 3.40% during 2013 to 3.47% in 2014. The increases in net interest income and net interest margin were primarily the result of the acquisition of Citizens Bank, which increased average interest-earning assets 25.8% from $598.3 million during 2013 to $752.8 million in 2014.

 

Interest Income. Interest income for 2014 increased $5.7 million to $27.9 million, an increase of 26.0% as compared to 2013. Interest income on loans increased $4.2 million, or 24.6%, to $21.1 million for 2014. The increase in interest income on loans was primarily the result of our acquisition of Citizens Bank, which drove an increase in our average outstanding loan balances from $341.0 million during 2013 to $422.3 million during 2014. Our tax equivalent yields earned on loans also increased from 5.01% in 2013 to 5.04% in 2014. Interest income on investment securities increased $1.5 million, or 30.4%, to $6.7 million for 2014, as compared to $5.2 million in 2013. The increase in interest income on investment securities was also primarily the result of our acquisition of Citizens Bank, which drove an increase in our average balance of investment securities from $245.6 million during 2013 to $322.2 million during 2014. Partially offsetting the higher average balances was a decrease in the tax equivalent yield on our investment securities portfolio from 2.56% during 2013 to 2.48% during 2014.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense during 2014 increased $105,000, or 3.4%, to $3.2 million as compared to $3.1 million for 2013. Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $142,000, or 10.3%, to $1.2 million for 2014 as compared to $1.4 million for 2013, despite increased average balances in 2014, primarily as a result of lower rates on our certificates of deposit accounts. Our total cost of interest-bearing deposits declined from 0.31% during 2013 to 0.22% during 2014 as we were able to reprice our certificates of deposit lower in the historically low interest rate environment. Our average interest-bearing deposit balances increased from $442.2 million to $552.4 million from 2013 to 2014, due primarily to the acquisition of Citizens Bank. Interest expense on borrowings during 2014 increased $247,000, or 14.5%, to $2.0 million for 2014 as compared to $1.7 million for 2013, due primarily to an increase in our average outstanding borrowings. Our average outstanding borrowings increased from $63.7 million during 2013 to $71.3 million during 2014, primarily as a result of borrowings assumed in the Citizens Bank acquisition.

 

Net Interest Income. During 2014, net interest income increased $5.6 million, or 29.6%, to $24.7 million compared to $19.0 million in 2013. Our net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased to 3.47% during 2014 from 3.40% during 2013. The increases in net interest income and net interest margin were primarily the result of the acquisition of Citizens Bank, which increased average interest-earning assets 25.8% from $598.3 million during 2013 to $752.8 million in 2014.

 

  42  

  

Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses declined $200,000 to $600,000 in 2014 as compared to $800,000 in 2013, as a result of improvements in our asset quality during 2014. During 2014, we had net loan charge-offs of $820,000 compared to net loan recoveries of $159,000 during 2013. The net loan charge-offs in 2014 were primarily associated with a previously identified and impaired commercial loan relationship, while the net loan recoveries during 2013 were primarily related to recoveries on a previously identified and impaired construction loan totaling $4.3 million, which was charged-off in 2009 and 2010 and recoveries on the payoff of a one-to-four family residential real estate loan which had been partially charged-off as part of a TDR in 2010. For further discussion of the allowance for loan losses, refer to the “Asset Quality and Distribution” section.

 

Non-interest Income. During 2014, total non-interest income increased $4.4 million, or 40.8%, to $15.1 million, compared to $10.7 million in 2013, primarily as a result of the Citizens Bank acquisition. The higher non-interest income resulted from increases of $2.1 million in gains on sales of loans, $1.7 million in fees and service charges, $535,000 in other non-interest income and $99,000 in gains on sales of investment securities. Our gains on sales of loans increased as a result of an increase in the volume of mortgage loans sold, as well as improved pricing on those loans. The increase in fees and service charges was primarily a result of additional service charges received on our deposit accounts and service fee income on one-to-four family residential real estate loans serviced for others. While the increases in gains on sales of loans and fees and service charges were primarily attributable to the acquisition of Citizens Bank, as the acquisition caused increased volumes of mortgage loan originations and deposit related transactions, these items also experienced organic growth. The increase in other non-interest income was driven by higher lease revenue relating to the leased portion of a branch acquired from Citizens Bank.

 

Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $4.5 million, or 19.2%, to $28.1 million in 2014 compared to $23.5 million in 2013. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily the result of increases of $3.8 million in compensation and benefits, $1.1 million in occupancy and equipment, $705,000 in other non-interest expense, $547,000 in amortization expense, $424,000 in data processing, $99,000 in advertising and $77,000 in federal deposit insurance premiums. The increases in compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment, other non-interest expense, amortization, data processing, advertising and federal deposit insurance premiums in 2014 primarily reflected ongoing operating costs relating to the eight additional branches assumed in the Citizens Bank acquisition. The amortization expense in 2014 was also higher as the result of a lower level of expense recorded during 2013 as a result of the reversal of a $212,000 valuation allowance against our mortgage servicing rights portfolio. Partially offsetting those increases were declines of $1.9 million in non-recurring acquisition costs and $268,000 in foreclosure and other real estate expense, as 2013 reflected the expenses associated with acquiring Citizens Bank and higher costs associated with liquidating other real estate.

 

INCOME TAXES. During 2014, we recorded income tax expense of $3.0 million, which constituted an effective tax rate of 27.3%, compared to an income tax expense of $746,000 and an effective tax rate of 13.8% in 2013. The increase in our effective tax rate in 2014 was driven by an increase in earnings before income taxes compared to 2013, while tax-exempt investment income and bank owned life insurance income remained similar between the years.

 

  43  

 

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    2015 Quarters Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Interest income   $ 7,063     $ 7,393     $ 7,200     $ 7,341  
Interest expense     769       769       773       770  
Net interest income     6,294       6,624       6,427       6,571  
Provision for loan losses     (1,000 )     200       100       -  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     7,294       6,424       6,327       6,571  
Non-interest income     3,763       4,682       4,476       4,089  
Non-interest expense     7,111       7,443       7,308       7,344  
Earnings before income taxes     3,946       3,663       3,495       3,316  
Income tax expense     1,169       1,047       966       732  
Net earnings   $ 2,777     $ 2,616     $ 2,529     $ 2,584  
Earnings per share (1):                                
Basic   $ 0.79     $ 0.75     $ 0.72     $ 0.74  
Diluted   $ 0.77     $ 0.73     $ 0.70     $ 0.71  

 

    2014 Quarters Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Interest income   $ 6,805     $ 6,873     $ 7,060     $ 7,112  
Interest expense     805       797       797       787  
Net interest income     6,000       6,076       6,263       6,325  
Provision for loan losses     150       300       150       -  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     5,850       5,776       6,113       6,325  
Non-interest income     3,236       4,186       3,855       3,795  
Non-interest expense     6,811       7,093       6,993       7,163  
Earnings before income taxes     2,275       2,869       2,975       2,957  
Income tax expense     576       792       801       858  
Net earnings   $ 1,699     $ 2,077     $ 2,174     $ 2,099  
Earnings per share (1):                                
Basic   $ 0.49     $ 0.59     $ 0.62     $ 0.60  
Diluted   $ 0.48     $ 0.59     $ 0.61     $ 0.59  

 

(1) All per share amounts have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid during December 2015 and 2014.

 

  44  

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION. Despite measured improvement in certain metrics, general uncertainty with respect to economic conditions in the United States continues to affect our asset quality and performance. Although the geographic markets in which the Company operates have been impacted by these economic conditions in recent years, the effect has generally not been as severe as those experienced in some areas of the United States. In addition, our loan portfolio is diversified across various types of loans and collateral throughout the markets in which we operate. Despite a few lingering problem loans that management continues to work to resolve, our asset quality has generally improved over the past few years. Outside of identified problem assets, management believes that the Company continues to have a high quality asset base and solid core earnings, and anticipates that its efforts to run a high quality financial institution with a sound asset base will continue to create a strong foundation for continued growth and profitability in the future.

 

Asset Quality and Distribution. Our primary investing activities are the origination of one-to-four family residential real estate, construction and land, commercial real estate, commercial, agriculture, municipal and consumer loans and the purchase of investment securities. Total assets increased to $878.4 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $863.5 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in our total assets was primarily the result of an increase in our investments securities, which increased from $348.9 million at December 31, 2014 to $353.4 million at December 31, 2015. Net loans, excluding loans held for sale, increased to $419.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $416.2 million at December 31, 2014.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses based on our evaluation of the risk inherent in the loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of our loan activity. This evaluation, which includes a review of all loans with respect to which full collectability may not be reasonably assured, considers the fair value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, level of classified loans and other factors that warrant recognition in providing for an appropriate allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2015, our allowance for loan losses totaled $5.9 million, or 1.39% of gross loans outstanding, as compared to $5.3 million, or 1.26% of gross loans outstanding, at December 31, 2014.

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, approximately $15.3 million and $18.1 million, respectively, of loans were considered classified and assigned a risk rating of special mention, substandard or doubtful. These ratings indicate that the loans identified as potential problem loans have more than normal risk which raised doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with present loan repayment terms. Even though borrowers were experiencing moderate cash flow problems as well as some deterioration in collateral value, management believed the general allowance was sufficient to cover the risks and probable incurred losses related to such loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Loans past due 30-89 days and still accruing interest totaled $1.4 million, or 0.33% of gross loans at December 31, 2015 compared to $1.1 million, or 0.26% of gross loans, at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2015, $2.2 million of loans were on non-accrual status, or 0.51% of gross loans, compared to $6.0 million, or 1.44% of gross loans, at December 31, 2014. Non-accrual loans consist of loans 90 or more days past due and certain impaired loans. There were no loans 90 days delinquent and accruing interest at December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014. Our impaired loans totaled $6.8 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $10.7 million at December 31, 2014. The difference in the Company’s non-accrual loan balances and impaired loan balances at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was related to TDRs that were accruing interest but still classified as impaired.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had ten loan relationships consisting of fourteen outstanding loans that were classified as TDRs compared to ten relationships consisting of fifteen outstanding loans classified as TDRs at December 31, 2014.

 

During 2015, the Company classified a $2.0 million commercial real estate loan relationship as a TDR after agreeing to a bankruptcy plan with the borrower. The bankruptcy plan restarted the amortization period of the loans which extended the maturities. The commercial real estate loan relationship totaled $4.4 million in 2012 when the loans were placed on non-accrual status after the borrower declared bankruptcy. The outstanding balances have been partially paid down with proceeds from asset sales and cash flows from the properties securing the loans during the bankruptcy process and under the terms of the restructuring agreement. The relationship was returned to accrual status during 2015 based on a satisfactory payment performance by the borrower under the revised terms of the bankruptcy plan. The Company also classified a $50,000 agriculture loan relationship consisting of two loans as a TDR after extending the maturity of the loans during 2015. Since all of the loans were adequately secured, no charge-offs or impairments were recorded against the principal as of December 31, 2015. During 2015, a land loan relationship consisting of three loans totaling $1.6 million, which was previously classified as a TDR during 2012, paid off with proceeds from the sale of assets and a new loan originated at market terms on the remaining assets. Also during 2015, a $78,000 commercial loan, which was classified as a TDR during 2014, paid off.

 

  45  

  

During 2014, the Company classified a $128,000 commercial real estate loan, a $146,000 agriculture loan, and two commercial loans totaling $59,000 and $78,000, as TDRs after modifying the amortization schedule of the loans to align with the borrowers’ cash flows.

 

As part of our credit risk management, we continue to manage the loan portfolio to identify problem loans and have placed additional emphasis on commercial real estate and construction and land relationships. We are working to resolve the remaining problem credits or move the non-performing credits out of the loan portfolio. At December 31, 2015, we had $1.0 million of real estate owned compared to $255,000 at December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, real estate owned primarily consisted of a few residential real estate properties. The Company is currently marketing all of the remaining properties in real estate owned.

 

Liability Distribution. Our primary ongoing sources of funds are deposits, FHLB borrowings, proceeds from principal and interest payments on loans and investment securities and proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans and investment securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates and economic conditions. We experienced an increase of $10.2 million in total deposits during 2015, to $714.7 million at December 31, 2015, from $704.6 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in deposits was primarily due to higher non-interest bearing deposits, money market and checking accounts and savings accounts. The increases were partially offset by lower balances in certificates of deposit balances. Total borrowings decreased $5.8 million to $70.7 million at December 31, 2015, from $76.5 million at December 31, 2014.

 

Non-interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2015, were $143.6 million, or 20.1% of deposits, compared to $130.5 million, or 18.5%, at December 31, 2014. Money market and checking accounts were 48.4% of our deposit portfolio and totaled $346.1 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $330.6 million, or 46.9%, at December 31, 2014. Savings accounts increased to $81.1 million, or 11.3% of deposits, at December 31, 2015, from $74.4 million, or 10.6%, at December 31, 2014. Certificates of deposit totaled $143.9 million, or 20.2% of deposits, at December 31, 2015, compared to $169.1 million, or 24.0%, at December 31, 2014.

 

Certificates of deposit at December 31, 2015, scheduled to mature in one year or less totaled $93.1 million. Historically, maturing deposits have generally remained with the Bank, and we believe that a significant portion of the deposits maturing in one year or less will remain with us upon maturity in some type of deposit account.

 

CASH FLOWS. During 2015, our cash and cash equivalents increased by $809,000. Our operating activities provided net cash of $7.0 million in 2015. Our investing activities used net cash of $8.4 million during 2015, primarily as a result of purchasing investment securities. Our financing activities provided net cash of $2.1 million during 2015, primarily as a result of an increase in deposit balances.

 

Liquidity. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents and investment securities available for sale. The levels of these assets are dependent on the operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given year. These liquid assets totaled $367.0 million at December 31, 2015 and $361.7 million at December 31, 2014. During periods in which we are not able to originate a sufficient amount of loans and/or periods of high principal prepayments, we generally increase our liquid assets by investing in short-term, high-grade investments.

 

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of our strategy. Excess funds are generally invested in short-term investments. Excess funds are typically generated as a result of increased deposit balances, while uses of excess funds are generally deposit withdrawals and loan advances. In the event we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, additional funds are generally available through the use of FHLB advances, a line of credit with the FHLB, other borrowings or through sales of investment securities. At December 31, 2015, we had outstanding FHLB advances of $35.0 million and $2.6 million of borrowings against our line of credit with the FHLB. At December 31, 2015, we had collateral pledged to the FHLB that would allow us to borrow an additional $29.2 million, subject to FHLB credit requirements and policies. At December 31, 2015, we had no borrowings through the Federal Reserve discount window, while our borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $14.8 million. We also have various other federal funds agreements, both secured and unsecured, with correspondent banks totaling approximately $50.0 million in available credit under which we had no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, we had subordinated debentures totaling $21.1 million and other borrowings of $12.0 million, which consisted of repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no borrowings against a $7.5 million line of credit from an unrelated financial institution that matures on November 1, 2016, with an interest rate that adjusts daily based on the prime rate plus 0.25%, and a floor of 3.75%. This line of credit has covenants specific to capital and other financial ratios, which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2015.

 

  46  

  

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS. As a provider of financial services, we routinely issue financial guarantees in the form of financial and performance standby letters of credit. Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by us generally to guarantee the payment or performance obligation of a customer to a third party. While these standby letters of credit represent a potential outlay by us, a significant amount of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon. We have recourse against the customer for any amount the customer is required to pay to a third party under a standby letter of credit. The letters of credit are subject to the same credit policies, underwriting standards and approval process as loans made by us. Most of the standby letters of credit are secured, and in the event of nonperformance by the customers, we have the right to the underlying collateral, which could include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities. The contract amount of these standby letters of credit, which represents the maximum potential future payments guaranteed by us, was $1.9 million at December 31, 2015.

 

At December 31, 2015, we had outstanding loan commitments, excluding standby letters of credit, of $70.0 million. We anticipate that sufficient funds will be available to meet current loan commitments. These commitments consist of unfunded lines of credit and commitments to finance real estate loans.

 

CAPITAL. The Federal Reserve has established capital requirements for bank holding companies which generally parallel the capital requirements for national banks under OCC regulations. The regulations provide that such standards will generally be applied on a consolidated (rather than a bank-only) basis in the case of bank holding companies other than “small bank holding companies” (generally, non-public bank holding companies with less than $1 billion in total consolidated assets).

 

At December 31, 2015, we maintained a leverage capital ratio of 9.43% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.96%. As shown by the following table, our capital exceeded the minimum capital requirements in effect at December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

    Actual     Actual     Required     Required  
    amount     percent     amount     percent  
Leverage   $ 80,401       9.43 %   $ 34,092       4.0 %
Common Equity Tier 1 capital     60,375       11.05 %     24,584       4.5 %
Tier 1 capital     80,401       14.72 %     32,779       6.0 %
Total risk-based capital     87,214       15.96 %     43,706       8.0 %

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the Bank maintained a leverage ratio of 9.40% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.77%. As shown by the following table, the Bank’s capital exceeded the minimum capital requirements in effect at December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

    Actual     Actual     Required     Required  
    amount     percent     amount     percent  
Leverage   $ 79,857       9.40 %   $ 33,993       4.0 %
Common Equity Tier 1 capital     79,857       14.66 %     24,519       4.5 %
Tier 1 capital     79,857       14.66 %     32,692       6.0 %
Total risk-based capital     85,929       15.77 %     43,589       8.0 %

 

  47  

  

Banks and bank holding companies are generally expected to operate at or above the minimum capital requirements. The Company’s and the Bank’s ratios above are well in excess of regulatory minimums, and we expect that they will allow us to operate without capital adequacy concerns. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a bank rating system based on the capital levels of banks. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we exceeded the "well capitalized" thresholds, which is the highest rating available under this capital-based rating system. With the implementation of the Basel III Rule, which became effective January 1, 2015, these capital requirements, and the related prompt correction action provisions have increased. There are no conditions or events, including the implementation of the Basel III Rule, since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category. We have $21.1 million in trust preferred securities which, in accordance with current capital guidelines, have been included in capital as of December 31, 2015. Cash distributions on the securities are payable quarterly, are deductible for income tax purposes and are included in interest expense in the consolidated financial statements.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.181 per share to our stockholders, as adjusted to give effect to a 5% stock dividend, which we distributed for the 15th consecutive year in December 2015. The 2014 quarterly cash dividends were $0.172 per share as adjusted to give effect to a 5% stock dividend.

 

The payment of dividends by any financial institution or its holding company is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations. As described above, the Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2015. The National Bank Act imposes limitations on the amount of dividends that a national bank may pay without prior regulatory approval. Generally, the amount is limited to the bank's current year's net earnings plus the adjusted retained earnings for the two preceding years. As of December 31, 2015, approximately $19.5 million was available to be paid as dividends to the Company by the Bank without prior regulatory approval.

 

Additionally, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the subordinated debentures associated with the trust preferred securities that are held by three business trusts that we control. Interest payments on the debentures must be paid before we pay dividends on our capital stock, including our common stock. We have the right to defer interest payments on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters. However, if we elect to defer interest payments, all deferred interest must be paid before we may pay dividends on our capital stock.

 

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

 

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which generally require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation can be found in the increased cost of our operations because our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary and interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of inflation.

 

  48  

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Our assets and liabilities are principally financial in nature, and the resulting net interest income thereon is subject to changes in market interest rates and the mix of various assets and liabilities. Interest rates in the financial markets affect our decisions on pricing our assets and liabilities which impacts our net interest income, a significant cash flow source for us. As a result, a substantial portion of our risk management activities relates to managing interest rate risk.

 

Our Asset/Liability Management Committee monitors the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet using earnings simulation models and interest sensitivity “gap” analysis. We have set policy limits of interest rate risk to be assumed in the normal course of business and monitor such limits through our simulation process.

 

In the past, we have been successful in meeting the interest rate sensitivity objectives set forth in our policy. Simulation models are prepared to determine the impact on net interest income for the coming twelve months, including using rates at December 31, 2015 and forecasting volumes for the twelve-month projection. This position is then subjected to a shift in interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points rising and 100 basis points falling with an impact to our net interest income on a one-year horizon as follows:

 

Scenario   $000's change
in net interest
income
    % change in
net interest
income
 
200 basis point rising   $ (756 )     -4.7 %
100 basis point rising     (393 )     -1.5 %
100 basis point falling     (286 )     -1.1 %

 

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

 

Interest rate "gap" analysis is a common, though imperfect, measure of interest rate risk which measures the relative dollar amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which reprice within a specific time period, either through maturity or rate adjustment. The "gap" is the difference between the amounts of such assets and liabilities that are subject to such repricing. A "positive" gap for a given period means that the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or otherwise repricing within that period exceeds the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or otherwise repricing during that same period. In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in the yield of its assets relative to the cost of its liabilities. Conversely, the cost of funds for an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected to decline less quickly than the yield on its assets in a falling interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates generally have the opposite effect on an institution with a "negative" gap.

 

Following is our "static gap" schedule. One-to-four family and consumer loans include prepayment assumptions, while all other loans assume no prepayments. Mortgage-backed securities include published prepayment assumptions, while all other investments assume no prepayments.

 

Certificates of deposit reflect contractual maturities only. Money market accounts are rate sensitive and accordingly, a higher percentage of the accounts have been included as repricing immediately in the first period. Savings and NOW accounts are not as rate sensitive as money market accounts and for that reason a significant percentage of the accounts are reflected in the 1-to-5 year category.

 

Given the historically low interest rates that have persisted for the last several years, we believe it is unlikely that interest rates will move much lower than experienced in 2015. We have been successful in meeting the interest sensitivity objectives set forth in our policy. This has been accomplished primarily by managing the assets and liabilities while maintaining our traditional high credit standards.

 

  49  

  

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS AND INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES REPRICING SCHEDULE

("GAP" TABLE)

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

    3 months
or less
    3 to 12
months
    1 to 5 years     Over 5
years
    Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:                                        
Investment securities   $ 19,327     $ 28,374     $ 195,282     $ 114,952     $ 357,935  
Loans     85,736       135,498       182,188       30,966       434,388  
Total interest-earning assets   $ 105,063     $ 163,872     $ 377,470     $ 145,918     $ 792,323  
                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                        
Certificates of deposit   $ 28,348     $ 64,763     $ 50,823     $ 9     $ 143,943  
Money market and checking accounts     3,653       10,958       241,278       90,217       346,106  
Savings accounts     -       -       64,850       16,212       81,062  
Borrowed money     36,225       -       34,433       -       70,658  
Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 68,226     $ 75,721     $ 391,384     $ 106,438     $ 641,769  
                                         
Interest sensitivity gap per period   $ 36,837     $ 88,151     $ (13,914 )   $ 39,480     $ 150,554  
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap     36,837       124,988       111,074       150,554          
                                         
Cumulative gap as a percent of total interest-earning assets     4.65 %     15.77 %     14.02 %     19.00 %        
                                         
Cumulative interest sensitive assets as a percent of cumulative interest sensitive liabilities     153.99 %     186.83 %     120.75 %     123.46 %        

 

  50  

 

Safe Harbor Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This document (including information incorporated by reference) contains, and future oral and written statements by us and our management may contain, forward-looking statements, within the meaning of such term in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of our management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

 

Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on operations and future prospects by us and our subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

· The strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct our operations which may be less favorable than expected and may result in, among other things, a deterioration in the credit quality and value of our assets.
· The effects of, and changes in, federal, state and local laws, regulations and policies affecting banking, securities, insurance and monetary and financial matters (including the Dodd-Frank Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as the Basel III Rule, and the effects of increases in FDIC premiums).
· The effects of changes in interest rates (including the effects of changes in the rate of prepayments of our assets) and the policies of the Federal Reserve.
· Our ability to compete with other financial institutions as effectively as we currently do due to increases in competitive pressures in the financial services sector.
· Our inability to obtain new customers and to retain existing customers.
· The timely development and acceptance of products and services, including products and services offered through alternative delivery channels such as the Internet.
· Technological changes implemented by us and by other parties, including third party vendors, which may be more difficult or more expensive than anticipated or which may have unforeseen consequences to us and our customers.
· Our ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems.
· Our ability to retain key executives and employees and the difficulty that we may experience in replacing key executives and employees in an effective manner.
· Consumer spending and saving habits which may change in a manner that affects our business adversely.
· Our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses and future growth.
· The costs, effects and outcomes of existing or future litigation.
· Changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies and the FASB.
· The economic impact of past and any future terrorist attacks, acts of war or threats thereof, and the response of the United States to any such threats and attacks.
· Our ability to effectively manage our credit risk.
· Our ability to forecast probable loan losses and maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses.
· The effects of declines in the value of our investment portfolio.
· Our ability to raise additional capital if needed.
· The effects of cyber-attacks.
· The effects of declines in real estate markets.

 

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information concerning us and our business, including other factors that could materially affect our financial results, is included in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

 

  51  

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Manhattan, Kansas

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ Crowe Chizek LLP

 

Oak Brook, Illinois

March 14, 2016

 

  52  

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors
Landmark Bancorp, Inc.:

 

We have audited the Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above, present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Kansas City, Missouri
March 21, 2014

 

  53  

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

(Dollars in thousands)   December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 13,569     $ 12,760  
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value     353,438       348,931  
Bank stocks, at cost     4,497       4,007  
Loans, net of allowance for loans losses of $5,922 and $5,320     419,923       416,190  
Loans held for sale     14,465       10,671  
Premises and equipment, net     20,958       20,954  
Bank owned life insurance     18,164       17,650  
Goodwill     17,532       17,532  
Other intangible assets, net     4,304       4,370  
Real estate owned, net     1,000       255  
Accrued interest and other assets     10,526       10,150  
Total assets   $ 878,376     $ 863,470  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                
Liabilities:                
Deposits:                
Non-interest bearing demand   $ 143,616     $ 130,492  
Money market and checking     346,106       330,580  
Savings     81,062       74,424  
Time     143,943       169,059  
Total deposits     714,727       704,555  
                 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings     37,600       43,253  
Subordinated debentures     21,084       20,884  
Other borrowings     11,974       12,410  
Accrued interest and other liabilities     12,421       10,723  
Total liabilities     797,806       791,825  
                 
Commitments and contingencies                
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Preferred stock, $0.01 par, 200,000 shares authorized; none issued     -       -  
Common stock, $0.01 par, 7,500,000 shares authorized; 3,531,036 and 3,499,905 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively     35       33  
Additional paid-in capital     45,372       40,473  
Retained earnings     32,988       29,321  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     2,175       1,818  
Total stockholders’ equity     80,570       71,645  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 878,376     $ 863,470  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .

 

  54  

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Interest income:                        
Loans:                        
Taxable   $ 21,077     $ 20,802     $ 16,699  
Tax-exempt     268       328       261  
Investment securities:                        
Taxable     4,584       4,119       2,801  
Tax-exempt     3,068       2,601       2,351  
Total interest income     28,997       27,850       22,112  
Interest expense:                        
Deposits     1,071       1,235       1,377  
Subordinated debentures     699       686       446  
Borrowings     1,311       1,265       1,258  
Total interest expense     3,081       3,186       3,081  
Net interest income     25,916       24,664       19,031  
Provision for loan losses     (700 )     600       800  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     26,616       24,064       18,231  
Non-interest income:                        
Fees and service charges     7,331       7,424       5,757  
Gains on sales of loans, net     7,993       5,880       3,777  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     514       523       561  
Gains (losses) on sales of investment securities, net     (119 )     99       -  
Other     1,291       1,145       610  
Total non-interest income     17,010       15,071       10,705  
Non-interest expense:                        
Compensation and benefits     15,230       14,347       10,578  
Occupancy and equipment     4,252       4,397       3,333  
Acquisition costs     -       -       1,886  
Data processing     1,391       1,416       992  
Amortization of intangibles     1,355       1,296       749  
Professional fees     1,048       1,096       1,102  
Advertising     618       534       435  
Federal deposit insurance premiums     433       518       441  
Foreclosure and real estate owned expense     65       102       370  
Other     4,814       4,354       3,649  
Total non-interest expense     29,206       28,060       23,535  
Earnings before income taxes     14,420       11,075       5,401  
Income tax expense     3,914       3,026       746  
Net earnings   $ 10,506     $ 8,049     $ 4,655  
Earnings per share:                        
Basic (1)   $ 3.00     $ 2.30     $ 1.37  
Diluted (1)   $ 2.91     $ 2.27     $ 1.35  

 

(1) All per share amounts have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid during December 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  55  

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Net earnings   $ 10,506     $ 8,049     $ 4,655  
                         
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities     437       4,445       (6,967 )
Less reclassification adjustment on losses (gains) included in earnings     119       (99 )     -  
Net unrealized gains (losses)     556       4,346       (6,967 )
Income tax effect on net gains (losses) included in earnings     (44 )     37       -  
Income tax effect on net unrealized holding gains (losses)     (155 )     (1,639 )     2,583  
Other comprehensive income (loss)     357       2,744       (4,384 )
                         
Total comprehensive income   $ 10,863     $ 10,793     $ 271  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  56  

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   Common
stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total  
Balance at January 1, 2013   $ 29     $ 32,223     $ 27,623     $ 3,458     $ 63,333  
Net earnings     -       -       4,655       -       4,655  
Other comprehensive loss     -       -       -       (4,384 )     (4,384 )
Dividends paid ($0.66 per share) (1)     -       -       (2,243 )     -       (2,243 )
Stock-based compensation     -       58       -       -       58  
Exercise of stock options, 69,062 shares, including excess tax benefit of $29     1       1,272       -       -       1,273  
5% stock dividend, 149,240 shares     1       2,847       (2,848 )     -       -  
Balance at December 31, 2013     31       36,400       27,187       (926 )     62,692  
Net earnings     -       -       8,049       -       8,049  
Othe comprehensive income     -       -       -       2,744       2,744  
Dividends paid ($0.69 per share) (1)     -       -       (2,415 )     -       (2,415 )
Stock-based compensation     -       55       -       -       55  
Exercise of stock options, 34,394 shares, including excess tax benefit of $26     -       520       -       -       520  
5% stock dividend, 158,444 shares     2       3,498       (3,500 )     -       -  
Balance at December 31, 2014     33       40,473       29,321       1,818       71,645  
Net earnings     -       -       10,506       -       10,506  
Other comprehensive income     -       -       -       357       357  
Dividends paid ($0.72 per share) (1)     -       -       (2,547 )     -       (2,547 )
Stock-based compensation     -       16       -       -       16  
Exercise of stock options, 30,543 shares, including excess tax benefit of $83     -       593       -       -       593  
5% stock dividend, 167,250 shares     2       4,290       (4,292 )     -       -  
Balance at December 31, 2015   $ 35     $ 45,372     $ 32,988     $ 2,175     $ 80,570  

 

(1) Dividends per share have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid during December 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  57  

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Cash flows from operating activities:                        
Net earnings   $ 10,506     $ 8,049     $ 4,655  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:                        
Provision for loan losses     (700 )     600       800  
Valuation allowance on real estate owned     9       34       135  
Amortization of investment security premiums, net     1,536       1,712       1,538  
Amortization of purchase accounting adjustment on loans     (542 )     (495 )     (53 )
Amortization of purchase accounting adjustment on subordinated debentures     200       200       33  
Amortization of intangibles     1,355       1,296       749  
Depreciation     1,162       1,126       960  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     (514 )     (523 )     (561 )
Stock-based compensation     16       55       58  
Deferred income taxes     625       (103 )     (418 )
Net loss (gain) on investment securities     119       (99 )     -  
Impairment of affordable housing investment     163       -       -  
Net (gain) loss on sales of premises and equipment and foreclosed assets     (244 )     (32 )     162  
Net gains on sales of loans     (7,993 )     (5,880 )     (3,777 )
Proceeds from sale of loans     290,731       214,100       167,207  
Origination of loans held for sale     (286,532 )     (211,027 )     (160,661 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:                        
Accrued interest and other assets     (2,530 )     (1,201 )     701  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     (329 )     861       570  
Net cash provided by operating activities     7,038       8,673       12,098  
Cash flows from investing activities:                        
Net increase in loans     (3,636 )     (2,640 )     (3,833 )
Maturities and prepayments of investment securities     55,426       43,746       43,398  
Net cash received in bank acquisition     -       -       25,028  
Purchases of investment securities     (89,627 )     (97,963 )     (89,418 )
Proceeds from sale of investment securities     30,610       8,265       6,348  
Redemption of bank stocks     13,412       6,053       3,203  
Purchase of bank stocks     (13,902 )     (4,789 )     (2,671 )
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment and foreclosed assets     570       340       1,997  
Purchases of premises and equipment, net     (1,223 )     (1,461 )     (650 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (8,370 )     (48,449 )     (16,598 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                        
Net increase in deposits     10,184       17,093       23,152  
Federal Home Loan Bank advance borrowings     327,948       106,445       81,100  
Federal Home Loan Bank advance repayments     (333,601 )     (98,881 )     (83,837 )
Proceeds from other borrowings     3,309       4,515       -  
Repayments on other borrowings     (3,745 )     (4,476 )     (130 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options including excess tax benefit     593       520       1,273  
Payment of dividends     (2,547 )     (2,415 )     (2,243 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     2,141       22,801       19,315  
Net increase (decrease)  in cash and cash equivalents     809       (16,975 )     14,815  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     12,760       29,735       14,920  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 13,569     $ 12,760     $ 29,735  

 

  58  

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
                   
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:                        
Cash paid during the year for income taxes   $ 3,390     $ 1,980     $ 800  
Cash paid during the year for interest     3,092       3,223       3,156  
                         
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:                        
Transfer of loans to real estate owned   $ 1,024     $ 209     $ 250  
Investment securities purchases not yet settled   $ 2,015     $ 899     $ 1,311  
                         
Bank acquisition:                        
Fair value of liabilities assumed   $ -     $ -     $ 169,333  
Fair value of assets acquired     -       -       194,361  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  59  

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Landmark National Bank (the “Bank”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Bank, considered a single operating segment, is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits, together with borrowings and other funds, to originate one-to-four family residential real estate, construction and land, commercial real estate, commercial, agriculture, municipal and consumer loans.

 

Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Business Combinations. At the date of acquisition, the Company records the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair values, and goodwill is recognized for the excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of acquired net assets. The results of operations for acquired companies are included in the Company’s consolidated statement of earnings beginning at the acquisition date. Expenses arising from the acquisition activities are recorded in the consolidated statement of earnings during the period incurred.

 

Reserve Requirements. Regulations of the Federal Reserve require reserves to be maintained by all banking institutions according to the types and amounts of certain deposit liabilities. These requirements restrict a portion of the amounts shown as consolidated cash and due from banks from everyday usage in operation of the banks. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank did not have a minimum reserve requirement.

 

Cash Flows. Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks with original maturities of fewer than 90 days, and are carried at cost. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions.

 

Investment Securities. The Company has classified its investment securities portfolio as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of taxes. Purchase premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized/accreted into interest income over the estimated lives of the securities using the interest method. Realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale securities are recorded on a trade date basis and are calculated using the specific identification method.

 

The Company performs quarterly reviews of the investment portfolio to evaluate investment for other-than-temporary impairment. The initial review begins with all securities in an unrealized loss position. The Company’s assessment of other-than-temporary impairment is based on its judgment of the specific facts and circumstances impacting each individual security at the time such assessments are made. The Company reviews and considers all factual information, including expected cash flows, the structure of the security, the credit quality of the underlying assets and the current and anticipated market conditions. Any credit-related impairment on debt securities is recorded through a charge to earnings. Impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. However, if the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized costs basis, the entire impairment is recorded through a charge to earnings. If an equity security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the entire impairment is recorded through a charge to earnings.

 

Bank Stocks. Bank stocks are investments acquired for regulatory purposes and borrowing availability and are accounted for at cost. The cost of such investments represents their redemption value as such investments do not have a readily determinable fair value. The Company evaluates bank stocks for other-than-temporary impairment by analyzing the ultimate recoverability based on a credit analysis of the issuer.

 

  60  

 

Acquired Loans. Acquired loans are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of acquisition and accounted for under ASC 310-20. The Company’s acquired loans were not acquired with deteriorated credit quality. Estimated fair values of acquired loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers various factors including the type of loan and related collateral, the expected timing of cash flows, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan is amortizing, and a discount rate reflecting the Company’s assessment of risk inherent in the cash flow estimates. Discounts or premiums created when acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values are accreted or amortized over the remaining term of the loan as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield. Similar to originated loans described below, the accrual of interest income on acquired loans is discontinued when the collection of principal or interest, in whole or in part, is doubtful.

 

Loans. Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balances, net of undisbursed loan proceeds, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Origination fees received on loans held in portfolio and the estimated direct costs of origination are deferred and amortized to interest income using the interest method.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining if a loan is impaired include payment status, probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due and value of collateral for collateral dependent loans. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. In addition, the Company classifies troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) as impaired loans. A loan is classified as a TDR if the Company modifies a loan with any concessions, as defined by accounting guidance, to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. The allowance recorded on impaired loans is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial, commercial real estate, agriculture and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of homogeneous loans with smaller individual balances are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company generally does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.

 

The accrual of interest on non-performing loans is discontinued at the time the loan is ninety days delinquent, unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Loans are placed on non-accrual or are charged off at an earlier date if collection of the principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are evaluated individually and are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable incurred loan losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to earnings and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries). The evaluation of the allowance for loan losses groups loans by loan class and includes one-to-four family residential real estate, construction and land, commercial real estate, commercial, agriculture, municipal and consumer loans. Management’s periodic evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance is based on the Company’s loan loss experience known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, the current level of non-performing assets, and current economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is also subject to regulatory examinations and a determination by the regulatory agencies as to the appropriate level of the allowance.

 

  61  

 

In addition to the general component the allowance consists of a specific component. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered TDRs and classified as impaired.

 

Loans Held for Sale. Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings.

 

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. The carrying value of mortgage loans sold is reduced by the amount allocated to the servicing right. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights. When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be recorded in amortization of intangibles in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.

 

Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. Changes in valuation allowances are included in amortization expense on the income statement. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets. Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Mortgage Loan Repurchase Reserve. The Company routinely sells one-to-four family residential mortgage loans to secondary mortgage market investors. Under standard representations and warranties clauses in the Company’s mortgage sale agreements, the Company may be required to repurchase mortgage loans sold or reimburse the investors for credit losses incurred on those loans if a breach of the contractual representations and warranties occurred. The Company establishes a mortgage repurchase liability in an amount equal to management’s estimate of losses on loans for which the Company could have a repurchase obligation or loss reimbursement. The estimated liability incorporates the volume of loans sold in previous periods, default expectations, historical investor repurchase demand and actual loss severity. Provisions to the mortgage repurchase reserve reduce gains on sales of loans.

 

Premises and Equipment. Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major replacements and betterments are capitalized while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in earnings as incurred.

 

Bank owned life insurance . The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill is not amortized; however, it is tested for impairment at each calendar year end or more frequently when events or circumstances dictate. The impairment test compares the carrying value of goodwill to an implied fair value of the goodwill, which is based on a review of the Company’s market capitalization adjusted for appropriate control premiums as well as an analysis of valuation multiples of recent, comparable acquisitions. The Company considers the result from each of these valuation methods in determining the implied fair value of its goodwill. A goodwill impairment would be recorded for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value.

 

  62  

 

Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles, lease intangibles and mortgage servicing rights. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life of ten years on an accelerated basis. Lease intangible assets are amortized over the life of the lease. When facts and circumstances indicate potential impairment, the Company will evaluate the recoverability of the intangible asset’s carrying value, using estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining asset life. Any impairment loss is measured by the excess of carrying value over fair value.

 

Income Taxes. The objective of accounting for income taxes is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in financial statements or tax returns. Uncertain income tax positions will be recognized only if it is more likely than not that they will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based upon their technical merits. Once that standard is met, the amount recorded will be the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of earnings. The Company assesses deferred tax assets to determine if the items are more likely than not to be realized, and a valuation allowance is established for any amounts that are not more likely than not to be realized.

 

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments. Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

 

Loss Contingencies. Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Comprehensive Income. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

 

Real Estate Owned. Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan occurs when legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

 

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the grant date fair value of its stock options, which is recognized as compensation expense over the option vesting period, on a straight-line basis, which is typically four or five years. The fair value of restricted common stock is equal to the Company’s stock price on the grant date, which is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

 

Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share represent net earnings divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. The diluted earnings per share computations for 2015, 2014 and 2013 include all unexercised stock options.

 

  63  

 

The shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share, which have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% common stock dividends paid by the Company in December 2015, 2014 and 2013, are shown below:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Net earnings available to common shareholders   $ 10,506     $ 8,049     $ 4,655  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic     3,507,328       3,493,240       3,400,734  
Assumed exercise of stock options     104,716       59,190       51,707  
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted     3,612,044       3,552,430       3,452,441  
Earnings per share:                        
Basic   $ 3.00     $ 2.30     $ 1.37  
Diluted   $ 2.91     $ 2.27     $ 1.35  

 

Derivative Financial Instruments. Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. The fair value of the interest rate lock is recorded at the time the commitment to fund the mortgage loan is executed and is adjusted for the expected exercise of the commitment before the loan is funded. In order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans, the Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest on the loan is locked. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in net gains on sales of loans.

 

Dividend Restriction. Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the bank to the holding company or by the holding company to shareholders.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

 

(2) Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure. The update clarifies when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate recognized. These amendments clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan either: (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure, or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through similar legal agreement. For public entities the amendments of the update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, including interim periods within that reporting period. The adoption of ASU 2014-04 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The main provisions of the update require the identification of performance obligations within a contract and require the recognition of revenue based on a stand-alone allocation of contract revenue to each performance obligation. Performance obligations may be satisfied and revenue recognized over a period of time if: 1) the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the entity’s performance as the entity performs, or 2) the entity’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced, or 3) the entity’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the entity, and the entity has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. For public entities the amendments of the update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Management is evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09.

 

  64  

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. The amendments change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity repurchase transactions to secured borrowing accounting. ASU 2014-11 also requires additional disclosures for repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-11 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the additional disclosures are included in this report.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments (Topic 825): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities. The main provisions of the update are to eliminate the available for sale classification of accounting for equity securities and to adjust the fair value disclosures for financial instruments carried at amortized costs such that the disclosed fair values represent an exit price as opposed to an entry price. The provisions of this update will require that equity securities be carried at fair market value on the balance sheet and any periodic changes in value will be adjustments to the income statement. A practical expedient is provided for equity securities without a readily determinable fair value, such that these securities can be carried at cost less any impairment. The provisions of this update become effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Upon the effective date of the update, changes in the value of the Company's common stock investments will be adjustments to the income statement. Management does not expect the remaining requirements of this update to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

(3) Acquisition

 

The Company completed the acquisition, by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark National Bank, of Citizens Bank, National Association (“Citizens Bank”) from First Capital Corporation (“First Capital”), effective November 1, 2013. The purchase price consisted of cash of $6.3 million. The acquisition was effected through the merger of Citizens Bank with and into the Bank. The acquisition added eight branches, located in Fort Scott, Iola, Kincaid, Lenexa, Mound City, Overland Park and Pittsburg, Kansas, to the Bank’s existing branch network. In addition, the Company assumed $5.2 million of subordinated debentures from First Capital for $5.0 million of cash, which resulted in a net purchase price of $1.3 million.

 

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, and as such, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and no separate valuation allowance was established. No purchased credit impaired loans were acquired. Market value adjustments are accreted or amortized on a level yield basis over the expected term of the asset or liability. Additionally, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible of $1.7 million. The core deposit intangible is amortized on an accelerated basis over the estimated useful life of the deposits. Based on the estimated fair values, the Company recorded $4.5 million of goodwill. The acquisition created $5.5 million of tax deductible goodwill. The Company incurred $1.9 million of acquisition related costs relating to the acquisition during 2013.

 

The Company assumed subordinated debentures with principal outstanding of $5.2 million and fair value of $4.2 after a discount of $1.0 million. The initial fair value was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist that discounted expected cash flows at appropriate rates. The discount will be accreted as interest expense on a level yield basis over the expected remaining term of the subordinated debentures.

 

Results of the operations of the acquired business are included in the income statement from the effective date of the acquisition.

 

  65  

 

The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including fair value adjustments and purchase accounting entries are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of November 1, 2013  
    Citizens     Fair value     Acquired  
    Bank     adjustments     balances  
Assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 31,316     $ (6,288 )   $ 25,028  
Investment securities available-for-sale     56,720       (941 )     55,779  
Bank stocks, at cost     565       -       565  
Loans, net     97,051       (1,933 )     95,118  
Loans held for sale, net     3,470       -       3,470  
Premises and equipment, net     4,358       1,611       5,969  
Goodwill     -       4,456       4,456  
Other intangible assets, net     161       2,060       2,221  
Accrued interest and other assets     1,720       35       1,755  
Total assets   $ 195,361     $ (1,000 )   $ 194,361  
                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                        
Liabilities:                        
Total deposits   $ 181,875     $ -     $ 181,875  
Other borrowings     7,489       -       7,489  
Subordinated debentures     5,155       (1,000 )     4,155  
Accrued interest, taxes, and other liabilities     842       -       842  
Total liabilities   $ 195,361     $ (1,000 )   $ 194,361  

 

Unaudited pro forma consolidated operating results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, as if the acquisition was consummated on January 1 of that year are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   Years ended December 31,  
    2013     2012  
             
Total interest income   $ 29,055     $ 31,661  
Net earnings     6,537       8,038  
Earnings per share:                
Basic     1.92       2.38  
Diluted     1.89       2.35  

 

The Company completed the acquisition, by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark National Bank, of The Wellsville Bank from Wellsville Bancshares, Inc., effective April 1, 2012. The purchase price consisted of cash of $3.7 million for 100% of The Wellsville Bank. The acquisition was effected through the merger of The Wellsville Bank with and into Landmark National Bank. The acquisition added one additional branch, located in Wellsville, Kansas, to the Company’s existing branch network.

 

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded by the Bank at their estimated fair value as of April 1, 2012 based on management’s best estimate using information available at the time. The acquisition included the assumption of investments of $14.2 million, loans of $15.0 million and deposits of $35.0 million. The unpaid contractual amount of the loans totaled $15.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company incurred $147,000 of acquisition related expenses. Based on estimates of the fair values of the net assets acquired, the Company recorded $181,000 of goodwill. The acquisition created $51,000 of tax deductible goodwill.

 

  66  

 

(4) Investment Securities

 

A summary of investment securities available-for-sale is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31, 2015  
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Estimated  
    cost     gains     losses     fair value  
                         
U. S. treasury securities   $ 6,517     $ 1     $ (1 )   $ 6,517  
U. S. federal agency obligations     30,064       43       (187 )     29,920  
Municipal obligations, tax exempt     135,341       2,671       (71 )     137,941  
Municipal obligations, taxable     81,999       472       (581 )     81,890  
Agency mortgage-backed securities     85,829       391       (235 )     85,985  
Common stocks     580       906       -       1,486  
Certificates of deposit     9,699       -       -       9,699  
Total   $ 350,029     $ 4,484     $ (1,075 )   $ 353,438  

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Estimated  
    cost     gains     losses     fair value  
                         
U. S. treasury securities   $ 6,530     $ 1     $ (1 )   $ 6,530  
U. S. federal agency obligations     25,983       34       (274 )     25,743  
Municipal obligations, tax exempt     108,752       1,937       (180 )     110,509  
Municipal obligations, taxable     63,728       544       (350 )     63,922  
Agency mortgage-backed securities     135,072       1,152       (705 )     135,519  
Common stocks     588       695       -       1,283  
Certificates of deposit     5,425       -       -       5,425  
Total   $ 346,078     $ 4,363     $ (1,510 )   $ 348,931  

 

  67  

 

The tables above show that some of the securities in the available-for-sale investment portfolio had unrealized losses, or were temporarily impaired, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. This temporary impairment represents the estimated amount of loss that would be realized if the securities were sold on the valuation date. Securities which were temporarily impaired are shown below, along with the length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position.

 

(Dollars in thousands)         As of December 31, 2015  
          Less than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  
    No. of     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
    securities     value     losses     value     losses     value     losses  
U.S. treasury securities     2     $ 3,542     $ (1 )   $ -     $ -     $ 3,542     $ (1 )
U.S. federal agency obligations     18       23,015       (163 )     1,976       (24 )     24,991       (187 )
Municipal obligations, tax exempt     47       11,328       (53 )     2,132       (18 )     13,460       (71 )
Municipal obligations, taxable     105       38,605       (494 )     5,068       (87 )     43,673       (581 )
Agency mortgage-backed securities     40       29,814       (166 )     2,925       (69 )     32,739       (235 )
Total     212     $ 106,304     $ (877 )   $ 12,101     $ (198 )   $ 118,405     $ (1,075 )

 

          As of December 31, 2014  
          Less than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  
    No. of     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
    securities     value     losses     value     losses     value     losses  
U.S. treasury securities     1     $ 2,960     $ (1 )   $ -     $ -     $ 2,960     $ (1 )
U.S. federal agency obligations     14       7,361       (14 )     11,958       (260 )     19,319       (274 )
Municipal obligations, tax exempt     71       13,927       (66 )     7,329       (114 )     21,256       (180 )
Municipal obligations, taxable     74       14,797       (92 )     14,827       (258 )     29,624       (350 )
Agency mortgage-backed securities     29       17,535       (76 )     25,759       (629 )     43,294       (705 )
Total     189     $ 56,580     $ (249 )   $ 59,873     $ (1,261 )   $ 116,453     $ (1,510 )

 

The Company’s U.S. federal agency portfolio consists of securities issued by the government-sponsored agencies of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). The receipt of principal and interest on U.S. federal agency obligations is guaranteed by the respective government-sponsored agency guarantor, such that the Company believes that its U.S. federal agency obligations do not expose the Company to credit-related losses. Based on these factors, along with the Company’s intent to not sell the securities and its belief that it was more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their cost basis, the Company believed that the U.S. federal agency obligations identified in the tables above were temporarily impaired.

 

The Company’s portfolio of municipal obligations consists of both tax-exempt and taxable general obligations securities issued by various municipalities. As of December 31, 2015, the Company did not intend to sell and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell its municipal obligations in an unrealized loss position until the recovery of its cost. Due to the issuers’ continued satisfaction of the securities’ obligations in accordance with their contractual terms and the expectation that they will continue to do so, the evaluation of the fundamentals of the issuers’ financial condition and other objective evidence, the Company believed that the municipal obligations identified in the tables above were temporarily impaired.

 

The Company’s agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio consists of securities underwritten to the standards of and guaranteed by the government-sponsored agencies of FHLMC, FNMA and the Government National Mortgage Association. The receipt of principal, at par, and interest on agency mortgage-backed securities is guaranteed by the respective government-sponsored agency guarantor, such that the Company believed that its agency mortgage-backed securities did not expose the Company to credit-related losses. Based on these factors, along with the Company’s intent to not sell the securities and the Company’s belief that it was more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their cost basis, the Company believed that the agency mortgage-backed securities identified in the tables above were temporarily impaired.

 

  68  

 

The table below includes scheduled principal payments and estimated prepayments, based on observable market inputs, for agency mortgage-backed securities. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Amortized     Estimated  
    cost     fair value  
Due in less than one year   $ 11,263     $ 11,298  
Due after one year but within five years     191,976       192,345  
Due after five years but within ten years     88,867       90,216  
Due after ten years     57,343       58,093  
Common stocks     580       1,486  
Total   $ 350,029     $ 353,438  

 

 

Sales proceeds and gross realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale securities are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Sales proceeds   $ 30,610     $ 8,265     $ 6,348  
                         
Realized gains   $ 230     $ 125     $ -  
Realized losses     (349 )     (26 )     -  
Net realized (losses) gains   $ (119 )   $ 99     $ -  

 

Securities with carrying values of $171.6 million and $212.9 million were pledged to secure public funds on deposit, repurchase agreements and as collateral for borrowings at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Except for U.S. federal agency obligations, no investment in a single issuer exceeded 10% of consolidated stockholders’ equity.

 

(5) Bank Stocks

 

Bank stocks primarily consist of restricted investments in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stock. The carrying value of the FHLB stock at December 31, 2015 was $2.5 million compared to $2.0 million at December 31, 2014. The carrying value of the FRB stock was $1.9 million at both December 31, 2015 and 2014. These securities are not readily marketable and are required for regulatory purposes and borrowing availability. Since there are no available market values, these securities are carried at cost. Redemption of these investments at par value is at the option of the FHLB or FRB. Also included in Bank stocks are other miscellaneous investments in the common stock of various correspondent banks which are held for borrowing purposes and totaled $111,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

  69  

 

(6) Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Loans consist of the following:

 

    As of December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2015     2014  
             
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 131,930     $ 127,555  
Construction and land loans     15,043       21,950  
Commercial real estate loans     118,983       118,411  
Commercial loans     61,300       59,971  
Agriculture loans     71,030       64,316  
Municipal loans     7,635       8,982  
Consumer loans     19,895       20,044  
Total gross loans     425,816       421,229  
Net deferred loan costs and loans in process     29       281  
Allowance for loan losses     (5,922 )     (5,320 )
Loans, net   $ 419,923     $ 416,190  

 

In the first quarter of 2015, the Company adjusted the historical loss analysis within the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses. The Company previously used a twelve quarter historical loss rate calculated by loan class. The updated historical loss analysis uses a migration analysis to track historical losses by loan class and risk categories over a longer period of time. In the opinion of management, the adjusted historical loss analysis more accurately allocates estimated losses. The adjustments resulted in reclassifications of the allocated allowance among various loan classes compared to December 31, 2014. The adjustments to the historical loss analysis did not have a significant impact on the total allowance for loan losses balance as of December 31, 2014. The following tables provide information on the Company’s allowance for loan losses by loan class and allowance methodology:

 

(Dollars in thousands)                                                
    Year ended December 31, 2015  
    One-to-four
family
residential
real estate
loans
    Construction
and land loans
    Commercial
real estate
loans
    Commercial
loans
    Agriculture
loans
    Municipal
loans
    Consumer
loans
    Total  
                                                 
Allowance for loan losses:                                                                
Balance at January 1, 2015   $ 755     $ 762     $ 1,832     $ 836     $ 915     $ 51     $ 169     $ 5,320  
Charge-offs     (57 )     -       (13 )     (78 )     -       (88 )     (318 )     (554 )
Recoveries     10       1,722       2       15       73       -       34       1,856  
Provision for loan losses     217       (2,407 )     (81 )     757       440       60       314       (700 )
Balance at December 31, 2015     925       77       1,740       1,530       1,428       23       199       5,922  
                                                                 
Allowance for loan losses:                                                                
Individually evaluated for loss     78       -       -       -       -       -       10       88  
Collectively evaluated for loss     847       77       1,740       1,530       1,428       23       189       5,834  
Total     925       77       1,740       1,530       1,428       23       199       5,922  
                                                                 
Loan balances:                                                                
Individually evaluated for loss     752       2,220       2,429       620       189       591       36       6,837  
Collectively evaluated for loss     131,178       12,823       116,554       60,680       70,841       7,044       19,859       418,979  
Total   $ 131,930     $ 15,043     $ 118,983     $ 61,300     $ 71,030     $ 7,635     $ 19,895     $ 425,816  

 

  70  

 

(Dollars in thousands)                                                
    Year ended December 31, 2014  
    One-to-four
family
residential
real estate
    Construction
and land
    Commercial
real estate
    Commercial
loans
    Agriculture
loans
    Municipal
loans
    Consumer
loans
    Total  
                                                 
Allowance for loan losses:                                                                
Balance at January 1, 2014   $ 732     $ 1,343     $ 1,970     $ 769     $ 545     $ 47     $ 134     $ 5,540  
Charge-offs     (29 )     -       -       (783 )     -       -       (237 )     (1,049 )
Recoveries     12       166       4       2       -       -       45       229  
Provision for loan losses     40       (747 )     (142 )     848       370       4       227       600  
Balance at December 31, 2014     755       762       1,832       836       915       51       169       5,320  
                                                                 
Allowance for loan losses:                                                                
Individually evaluated for loss     287       -       17       28       5       -       12       349  
Collectively evaluated for loss     468       762       1,815       808       910       51       157       4,971  
Total     755       762       1,832       836       915       51       169       5,320  
                                                                 
Loan balances:                                                                
Individually evaluated for loss     1,589       4,805       2,880       371       285       706       67       10,703  
Collectively evaluated for loss     125,966       17,145       115,531       59,600       64,031       8,276       19,977       410,526  
Total   $ 127,555     $ 21,950     $ 118,411     $ 59,971     $ 64,316     $ 8,982     $ 20,044     $ 421,229  

 

    Year ended December 31, 2013  
    One-to-four
family
residential
real estate
loans
    Construction
and land
loans
    Commercial
real estate
loans
    Commercial
loans
    Agriculture
loans
    Municipal
loans
    Consumer
loans
    Total  
                                                 
Allowance for loan losses:                                                                
Balance at January 1, 2013   $ 714     $ 1,214     $ 1,313     $ 707     $ 367     $ 107     $ 159     $ 4,581  
Charge-offs     (93 )     (53 )     (11 )     (200 )     -       (65 )     (194 )     (616 )
Recoveries     202       523       -       20       -       -       30       775  
Provision for loan losses     (91 )     (341 )     668       242       178       5       139       800  
Balance at December 31, 2013     732       1,343       1,970       769       545       47       134       5,540  
                                                                 
Allowance for loan losses:                                                                
Individually evaluated for loss     82       234       140       488       -       -       7       951  
Collectively evaluated for loss     650       1,109       1,830       281       545       47       127       4,589  
Total     732       1,343       1,970       769       545       47       134       5,540  
                                                                 
Loan balances:                                                                
Individually evaluated for loss     782       8,160       2,936       4,148       -       706       24       16,756  
Collectively evaluated for loss     124,305       15,616       116,454       57,235       62,287       8,140       18,576       402,613  
Total   $ 125,087     $ 23,776     $ 119,390     $ 61,383     $ 62,287     $ 8,846     $ 18,600     $ 419,369  

 

  71  

 

The Company’s impaired loans decreased from $10.7 million at December 31, 2014 to $6.8 million at December 31, 2015. The difference between the unpaid contractual principal and the impaired loan balance is a result of charge-offs recorded against impaired loans. The difference in the Company’s non-accrual loan balances and impaired loan balances at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was related to TDRs that are current and accruing interest, but still classified as impaired. Interest income recognized on a cash basis for impaired loans was immaterial during the years 2015, 2014, and 2013. The following tables present information on impaired loans:

 

(Dollars in thousands)                                          
    As of December 31, 2015  
    Unpaid
contractual
principal
    Impaired
loan balance
    Impaired
loans
without an
allowance
    Impaired
loans with
an
allowance
    Related
allowance
recorded
    Year-to-
date average
loan balance
    Year-to-
date interest
income
recognized
 
                                           
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 752     $ 752     $ 408     $ 344     $ 78     $ 1,041     $ -  
Construction and land loans     3,955       2,220       2,220       -       -       2,389       88  
Commercial real estate loans     2,429       2,429       2,429       -       -       2,484       175  
Commercial loans     637       620       620       -       -       634       3  
Agriculture loans     189       189       189       -       -       188       3  
Municipal loans     591       591       591       -       -       631       19  
Consumer loans     36       36       10       26       10       41       -  
Total impaired loans   $ 8,589     $ 6,837     $ 6,467     $ 370     $ 88     $ 7,408     $ 288  

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Unpaid
contractual
principal
    Impaired
loan balance
    Impaired
loans
without an
allowance
    Impaired
loans with
an
allowance
    Related
allowance
recorded
    Year-to-
date average
loan balance
    Year-to-
date interest
income
recognized
 
                                           
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 1,589     $ 1,589     $ 167     $ 1,422     $ 287     $ 1,611     $ -  
Construction and land loans     6,540       4,805       4,805       -       -       6,366       235  
Commercial real estate loans     2,880       2,880       2,833       47       17       3,009       24  
Commercial loans     371       371       137       234       28       393       10  
Agriculture loans     285       285       146       139       5       294       -  
Municipal loans     772       706       706       -       -       772       19  
Consumer loans     67       67       25       42       12       75       -  
Total impaired loans   $ 12,504     $ 10,703     $ 8,819     $ 1,884     $ 349     $ 12,520     $ 288  

 

    As of December 31, 2013  
    Unpaid
contractual
principal
    Impaired
loan balance
    Impaired
loans
without an
allowance
    Impaired
loans with
an
allowance
    Related
allowance
recorded
    Year-to-
date average
loan balance
    Year-to-
date interest
income
recognized
 
                                           
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 782     $ 782     $ 326     $ 456     $ 82     $ 800     $ -  
Construction and land loans     9,895       8,160       6,098       2,062       234       8,383       279  
Commercial real estate loans     2,936       2,936       278       2,658       140       3,046       18  
Commercial loans     4,148       4,148       154       3,994       488       192       -  
Agriculture loans                                                        
Municipal loans     772       706       706       -       -       772       20  
Consumer loans     24       24       6       18       7       26       -  
Total impaired loans   $ 18,557     $ 16,756     $ 7,568     $ 9,188     $ 951     $ 13,219     $ 317  

 

  72  

 

The Company’s key credit quality indicator is a loan’s performance status, defined as accruing or non-accruing. Performing loans are considered to have a lower risk of loss. Non-accrual loans are those which the Company believes have a higher risk of loss. The accrual of interest on non-performing loans is discontinued at the time the loan is ninety days delinquent, unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection. Loans are placed on non-accrual or are charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. There were no loans ninety days delinquent and accruing interest at December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014. The following tables present information on the Company’s past due and non-accrual loans by loan class:

 

(Dollars in thousands)                                          
    As of December 31, 2015  
    30-59 days
delinquent
and
accruing
    60-89 days
delinquent
and
accruing
    90 days or
more
delinquent
and accruing
    Total past
due loans
accruing
    Non-accrual
loans
    Total past
due and non-
accrual
loans
    Total loans
not past
due
 
                                           
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 70     $ 712     $ -     $ 782     $ 749     $ 1,531     $ 130,399  
Construction and land loans     4       -       -       4       614       618       14,425  
Commercial real estate loans     240       -       -       240       47       287       118,696  
Commercial loans     90       40       -       130       583       713       60,587  
Agriculture loans     174       5       -       179       139       318       70,712  
Municipal loans     -       -       -       -       -       -       7,635  
Consumer loans     65       2       -       67       36       103       19,792  
Total   $ 643     $ 759     $ -     $ 1,402     $ 2,168     $ 3,570     $ 422,246  
                                                         
Percent of gross loans     0.15 %     0.18 %     0.00 %     0.33 %     0.51 %     0.84 %     99.16 %

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    30-59 days
delinquent
and
accruing
    60-89 days
delinquent
and
accruing
    90 days or
more
delinquent
and accruing
    Total past
due loans
accruing
    Non-
accrual
loans
    Total past
due and non-
accrual
loans
    Total loans
not past
due
 
                                           
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 127     $ 50     $ -     $ 177     $ 1,585     $ 1,762     $ 125,793  
Construction and land loans     163       -       -       163       1,322       1,485       20,465  
Commercial real estate loans     -       -       -       -       2,488       2,488       115,923  
Commercial loans     34       -       -       34       234       268       59,703  
Agriculture loans     510       1       -       511       285       796       63,520  
Municipal loans     -       -       -       -       65       65       8,917  
Consumer loans     128       65       -       193       67       260       19,784  
Total   $ 962     $ 116     $ -     $ 1,078     $ 6,046     $ 7,124     $ 414,105  
                                                         
Percent of gross loans     0.23 %     0.03 %     0.00 %     0.26 %     1.44 %     1.69 %     98.31 %

 

Under the original terms of the Company’s non-accrual loans, interest earned on such loans for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, would have increased interest income by $99,000, $525,000 and $511,000, respectively. No interest income related to non-accrual loans was included in interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

  73  

 

The Company also categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. Non-classified loans generally include those loans that are expected to be repaid in accordance with contractual loan terms. Classified loans are those that are assigned a special mention, substandard or doubtful risk rating using the following definitions:

 

Special Mention: Loans are currently protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged but potentially weak. These loans constitute an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of justifying a classification of substandard. The credit risk may be relatively minor, yet constitutes an unwarranted risk in light of the circumstances surrounding a specific asset.

 

Substandard: Loans are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged. Loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful: Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

The following table provides information on the Company’s risk categories by loan class:

 

    As of December 31, 2015     As of December 31, 2014  
(Dollars in thousands)   Nonclassified     Classified     Nonclassified     Classified  
                         
One-to-four family residential real estate loans   $ 130,575     $ 1,355     $ 123,823     $ 3,732  
Construction and land loans     14,429       614       18,815       3,135  
Commercial real estate loans     111,016       7,967       111,428       6,983  
Commercial loans     58,862       2,438       57,122       2,849  
Agriculture loans     68,186       2,844       63,101       1,215  
Municipal loans     7,635       -       8,894       88  
Consumer loans     19,839       56       19,977       67  
Total   $ 410,542     $ 15,274     $ 403,160     $ 18,069  

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had ten loan relationships consisting of fourteen outstanding loans totaling $5.3 million that were classified as TDRs compared to ten relationships consisting of fifteen outstanding loans totaling $5.4 million that were classified as TDRs at December 31, 2014.

 

During 2015, the Company classified a $2.0 million commercial real estate loan relationship as a TDR after agreeing to a bankruptcy plan with the borrower. The bankruptcy plan restarted the amortization period of the loans which extended the maturities. The commercial real estate loan relationship totaled $4.4 million in 2012 when the loans were placed on non-accrual status after the borrower declared bankruptcy. The outstanding balances have been partially paid down with proceeds from asset sales and cash flows from the properties securing the loans during the bankruptcy process and under the terms of the restructuring agreement. The relationship was returned to accrual status during 2015 based on a satisfactory payment performance by the borrower under the revised terms of the bankruptcy plan. The Company also classified a $50,000 agriculture loan relationship consisting of two loans as a TDR after extending the maturity of the loans during 2015. Since all of the loans were adequately secured, no charge-offs or impairments were recorded against the principal as of December 31, 2015. During 2015, a land loan relationship consisting of three loans totaling $1.6 million, which was previously classified as a TDR during 2012, paid off with proceeds from the sale of assets and a new loan originated at market terms on the remaining assets. Also during 2015, a $78,000 commercial loan, which was classified as a TDR during 2014, paid off.

 

  74  

 

During 2014, the Company classified a $128,000 commercial real estate loan, a $146,000 agriculture loan, and two commercial loans totaling $59,000 and $78,000, as TDRs after modifying the amortization schedule of the loans to align with the borrowers’ cash flows. Since the loans were adequately secured, no impairment was recorded against the principal as of December 31, 2014.

 

During 2013, the Company classified a $278,000 commercial real estate loan as a TDR after modifying the loan payments to interest only in order to allow the borrower additional time to liquidate the properties securing the loan. Since the loan was adequately secured, no impairment was recorded against the principal as of December 31, 2013.

 

The Company evaluates each TDR individually and returns the loan to accrual status when a payment history is established after the restructuring and future payments are reasonably assured. There were no loans modified as TDRs for which there was a payment default within 12 months of modification as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. At December 31, 2015, there was a commitment of $84,000 to lend additional funds on one construction and land loan classified as a TDR. The Company had no allowance recorded against loans classified as TDRs at December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

 

The following table presents information on loans that were classified as TDRs:

 

(Dollars in thousands)                                    
    As of December 31, 2015     As of December 31, 2014  
    Number of
loans
    Non-accrual
balance
    Accruing
balance
    Number of
loans
    Non-accrual
balance
    Accruing
balance
 
                                     
One-to-four family residential real estate loans     2     $ 55     $ 3       1     $ -     $ 4  
Construction and land loans     4       600       1,606       7       613       3,483  
Commercial real estate loans     3       -       2,382       2       -       392  
Commerical loans     1       -       37       2       -       137  
Agriculture     2       -       50       1       146       -  
Municipal loans     2       -       591       2       -       641  
Total troubled debt restructurings     14     $ 655     $ 4,669       15     $ 759     $ 4,657  

 

The Company had loans and unfunded commitments to directors and officers, and to affiliated parties, at December 31, 2015 and 2014. A summary of such loans and unfunded commitments is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)      
       
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ 10,310  
New loans     1,580  
Repayments     (390 )
Balance at December 31, 2015   $ 11,500  

 

(7) Loan Commitments

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet customers’ financing needs. These financial instruments consist principally of commitments to extend credit. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. In the normal course of business, there are various commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit, letters of credit, and lines of credit, the balance of which are not recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company generally requires collateral or other security on unfunded loan commitments and irrevocable letters of credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit, excluding standby letters of credit, aggregated to $70.0 million and $60.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are generally at variable interest rates. Standby letters of credit totaled $1.9 million and $965,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

  75  

 

(8) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

The Company performed its annual step one impairment test as of December 31, 2015.  The fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit was compared to the carrying value of the single reporting unit at the measurement date to determine if any impairment existed.  Based on the results of the December 31, 2015 step one impairment test, the Company concluded its goodwill was not impaired.

 

Core deposit intangibles with a gross carrying amount of $367,000 as of December 31, 2015 were the result of acquisitions prior to 2013. On November 1, 2013, the Company’s subsidiary, Landmark National Bank, assumed approximately $181.9 million in deposits in connection with the acquisition of Citizens Bank. The Company recorded a $1.7 million core deposit intangible asset in connection with the acquisition. The Company also recorded a lease intangible asset of $350,000 relating to the leased portion of an acquired branch. Lease intangible assets are amortized over the life of the lease. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized over the estimated useful life of ten years on an accelerated basis. A summary of the other intangible assets that continue to be subject to amortization is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31, 2015  
    Gross carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
amount
 
Core deposit intangible assets   $ 2,067     $ (855 )   $ 1,212  
Lease intangible asset     350       (98 )     252  
Mortgage servicing rights     5,322       (2,482 )     2,840  
Total other intangible assets   $ 7,739     $ (3,435 )   $ 4,304  

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Gross carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
amount
 
Core deposit intangible assets   $ 6,078     $ (4,483 )   $ 1,595  
Lease intangible asset     350       (52 )     298  
Mortgage servicing rights     4,458       (1,981 )     2,477  
Total other intangible assets   $ 10,886     $ (6,516 )   $ 4,370  

 

The following sets forth estimated amortization expense for core deposit and lease intangible assets for the years ending December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Amortization  
    expense  
2016   $ 327  
2017     289  
2018     252  
2018     214  
2020     177  
Thereafter     205  
Total   $ 1,464  

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not reported as assets. The following table provides information on the principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31,  
    2015     2014  
FHLMC   $ 444,714     $ 361,353  
FHLB     14,039       18,572  

 

  76  

 

Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with serviced loans were $3.5 million and $3.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Gross service fee income related to such loans was $1.1 million, $939,000 and $682,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in fees and service charges in the consolidated statements of earnings.

 

Activity for mortgage servicing rights and the related valuation allowance follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Mortgage servicing rights:                
Balance at beginning of year   $ 2,477     $ 2,377  
Additions     1,289       846  
Amortization     (926 )     (746 )
Balance at end of year   $ 2,840     $ 2,477  

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there was no valuation allowance related to mortgage servicing rights.

 

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $4.6 million and $3.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Fair value at December 31, 2015 was determined using discount rates ranging from 9.50% to 10.00%, prepayment speeds ranging from 5.15% to 33.78%, depending on the stratification of the specific mortgage servicing right, and a weighted average default rate of 2.23%. Fair value at December 31, 2014 was determined using discount rates ranging from 9.50% to 9.52%, prepayment speeds ranging from 5.05% to 12.04%, depending on the stratification of the specific mortgage servicing right, and a weighted average default rate of 2.25%.

 

The Company had a mortgage repurchase reserve of $351,000 and $427,000 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which represents the Company’s best estimate of probable losses that the Company will incur related to the repurchase of one-to-four family residential real estate loans previously sold or to reimburse investors for credit losses incurred on loans previously sold where a breach of the contractual representations and warranties occurred. The Company charged $76,000 of losses against the mortgage repurchase reserve during 2015. The Company charged $46,000 of losses against the mortgage repurchase reserve and recorded a $5,000 provision to the reserve during 2014. As of December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any outstanding mortgage repurchase requests.

 

(9) Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Estimated   As of December 31,  
    useful lives   2015     2014  
Land   Indefinite   $ 6,251     $ 6,259  
Office buildings and improvements   10 - 50 years     18,352       17,686  
Furniture and equipment   3 - 15 years     9,027       9,047  
Automobiles   2 - 5 years     613       472  
Total premises and equipment         34,243       33,464  
Accumulated depreciation         (13,285 )     (12,510 )
Total premises and equipment, net       $ 20,958     $ 20,954  

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.2 million, $1.1 million, and $960,000, respectively, and was included in occupancy and equipment on the consolidated statements of earnings.

 

  77  

 

(10) Deposits

 

The following table presents the maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)      
Year   Amount  
2016   $ 93,117  
2017     35,163  
2018     8,948  
2019     2,814  
2020     3,898  
Thereafter     3  
Total   $ 143,943  

 

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $10.6 million and $21.7 million, respectively.

 

The components of interest expense associated with deposits are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Time deposits   $ 736     $ 930     $ 1,172  
Money market and checking     311       282       188  
Savings     24       23       17  
Total   $ 1,071     $ 1,235     $ 1,377  

 

(11) Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

 

Term advances from the FHLB totaled $35.0 million at December 31, 2015 and $35.7 million at December 31, 2014. Maturities of such borrowings at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Year   Amount     Weighted
average rates
    Amount     Weighted
average rates
 
2017   $ 10,000       3.64 %   $ 10,000       3.64 %
2018     25,000       3.31 %     25,653       3.39 %
Total   $ 35,000             $ 35,653          

 

All of the Bank’s term advances with the FHLB have fixed rates and prepayment penalties. Additionally, the Bank also has a line of credit, renewable annually each September, with the FHLB under which there were $2.6 million of borrowings at December 31, 2015 compared to $7.6 million of borrowings as of December 31, 2014. Interest on any outstanding balance on the line of credit accrues at the federal funds rate plus 0.15% (0.48% at December 31, 2015).

 

Although no loans are specifically pledged, the FHLB requires the Bank to maintain eligible collateral (qualifying loans and investment securities) that has a lending value at least equal to its required collateral. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there was a blanket pledge of loans and securities totaling $111.9 million and $108.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank’s total borrowing capacity with the FHLB was approximately $83.8 million and $73.0 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank’s available borrowing capacity was $29.2 million and $27.7 million, respectively. The available borrowing capacity with the FHLB is collateral based, and the Bank’s ability to borrow is subject to maintaining collateral that meets the eligibility requirements. The borrowing capacity is not committed and is subject to FHLB credit requirements and policies. In addition, the Bank must maintain a restricted investment in FHLB stock to maintain access to borrowings.

 

  78  

 

(12) Subordinated Debentures

 

In 2003, the Company issued $8.2 million of subordinated debentures. These debentures, which are due in 2034 and are currently redeemable, were issued to a wholly owned grantor trust (the “Trust”) formed to issue preferred securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. The Trust then invested the gross proceeds of such preferred securities in the debentures. The Trust’s preferred securities and the subordinated debentures require quarterly interest payments and have variable rates, adjustable quarterly. Interest accrues at LIBOR plus 2.85%. The interest rate at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 3.17% and 3.08%, respectively.

 

In 2005, the Company issued an additional $8.2 million of subordinated debentures. These debentures, which are due in 2036 and are currently redeemable, were issued to a wholly owned grantor trust (“Trust II”) formed to issue preferred securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of Trust II. Trust II then invested the gross proceeds of such preferred securities in the debentures. Trust II’s preferred securities and the subordinated debentures require quarterly interest payments and have variable rates, adjustable quarterly. Interest accrues at LIBOR plus 1.34%. The interest rate at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 1.85% and 1.58%, respectively.

 

In 2013, the Company assumed an additional $5.2 million of subordinated debentures from First Capital as part of the Bank’s acquisition of Citizens Bank. These debentures, which are due in 2036 and are currently redeemable, were issued by First Capital to a wholly owned grantor trust, First Capital (KS) Statutory Trust (“Trust III”) formed to issue preferred securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of Trust III. Trust III’s preferred securities and the subordinated debentures require quarterly interest payments and have variable rates, adjustable quarterly. Interest accrues at LIBOR plus 1.62%. The interest rate at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 2.21% and 1.87% respectively. Including the purchase accounting accretion, the effective interest rate was 6.09% at December 31, 2015 and 5.75% at December 31, 2014.

 

While these trusts are accounted for as unconsolidated equity investments, a portion of the trust preferred securities issued by the trusts qualifies as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes.

 

(13) Other Borrowings

 

The Company has a $7.5 million line of credit from an unrelated financial institution maturing on November 1, 2016, with an interest rate that adjusts daily based on the prime rate less 0.25%, and a floor of 3.75%. This line of credit has covenants specific to capital and other financial ratios, which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the line of credit. The Company had an outstanding balance of $1.1 million on the line of credit at December 31, 2014.

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had no borrowings through the Federal Reserve discount window, while the borrowing capacity was $14.8 million and $21.0 million, respectively. The Bank also has various other federal funds agreements, both secured and unsecured, with correspondent banks totaling approximately $50.0 million. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no borrowings through these correspondent bank federal funds agreements.

 

  79  

 

(14) Repurchase Agreements

 

The Company has overnight repurchase agreements with certain deposit customers whereby the Company uses investment securities as collateral for non-insured funds. These balances are accounted for as collateralized financing and included in other borrowings on the balance sheet. The following is a summary of the balances and collateral of the Company’s repurchase agreements:

 

Repurchase agreements are comprised of non-insured customer funds, totaling $12.0 million at December 31, 2015, and $11.3 million at December 31, 2014, which are secured by $15.7 million and $17.8 million of the Bank’s investment portfolio at the same dates, respectively.

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Average daily balance during the year   $ 11,952     $ 13,497  
Average interest rate during the year     0.14 %     0.13 %
Maximum month-end balance during the year   $ 14,744     $ 15,128  
Weighted average interest rate at year-end     0.13 %     0.14 %

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Overnight and                 Greater        
    Continuous     Up to 30 days     30-90 days     than 90 days     Total  
Repurchase agreements:                                        
U.S. federal agency obligations   $ 5,810     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 5,810  
Agency mortgage-backed securities     6,164       -       -       -       6,164  
Total   $ 11,974     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 11,974  

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Overnight and     Up to           Greater        
    Continuous     30 days     30-90 days     than 90 days     Total  
Repurchase agreements:                                        
U.S. federal agency obligations   $ 5,246     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 5,246  
Agency mortgage-backed securities     6,024       -       -       -       6,024  
Total   $ 11,270     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 11,270  

 

The investment securities are held by a third party financial institution in the customer’s custodial account. The Company is required to maintain adequate collateral for each repurchase agreement. Changes in the fair value of the investment securities impact the amount of collateral required. If the Company were to default, the investment securities would be used to settle the repurchase agreement with the deposit customer.

 

  80  

 

(15) Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense attributable to income from operations consisted of:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Current:                        
Federal   $ 2,858     $ 2,465     $ 1,178  
State     431       664       (14 )
Total current     3,289       3,129       1,164  
Deferred:                        
Federal     641       (19 )     (375 )
State     (56 )     (122 )     (76 )
Total deferred     585       (141 )     (451 )
Deferred tax valuation allowance     40       38       33  
Income tax expense   $ 3,914     $ 3,026     $ 746  

 

The reasons for the difference between actual income tax expense (benefit) and expected income tax expense attributable to income from operations at the 34% statutory federal income tax rate were as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Computed “expected” tax expense   $ 4,903     $ 3,766     $ 1,836  
(Reduction) increase in income taxes resulting from:                        
Tax-exempt interest income, net     (1,104 )     (970 )     (861 )
Bank owned life insurance     (178 )     (182 )     (201 )
Reversal of unrecognized tax benefits, net     (138 )     63       (207 )
State income taxes, net of federal benefit     412       320       169  
Investment tax credits     (11 )     (12 )     (26 )
Other, net     30       41       36  
    $ 3,914     $ 3,026     $ 746  

 

  81  

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at the following dates were as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Deferred tax assets:                
Federal alternative minimum tax credit and low income housing credit carry forwards   $ 123     $ 1,083  
Loans, including allowance for loan losses     2,614       2,392  
Net operating loss carry forwards     611       571  
State taxes     813       683  
Acquisition costs     428       461  
Intangible assets     205       294  
Deferred compensation arrangements     174       189  
Valuation allowance on other real estate     -       8  
Investment impairments     48       48  
Other, net     34       49  
Total deferred tax assets     5,050       5,778  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale     1,234       1,035  
Premises and equipment, net of depreciation     900       908  
FHLB stock dividends     78       138  
Other borrowings     193       261  
Investments     2       9  
Total deferred tax liabilities     2,407       2,351  
Less valuation allowance     (611 )     (571 )
Net deferred tax asset   $ 2,032     $ 2,856  

 

The federal alternative minimum tax credit carry forward does not expire and totaled $123,000 and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company has Kansas corporate net operating loss carry forwards totaling $12.6 million and $11.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which expire between 2016 and 2025. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance against the Kansas corporate net operating loss carry forwards. A valuation allowance related to the remaining deferred tax assets has not been provided because management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015.

 

Retained earnings at December 31, 2015 and 2014 include approximately $6.3 million for which no provision for federal income tax had been made. This amount represents allocations of income to bad debt deductions in years prior to 1988 for tax purposes only. Reduction of amounts allocated for purposes other than tax bad debt losses will create income for tax purposes only, which will be subject to the then current corporate income tax rate.

 

  82  

 

The Company has unrecognized tax benefits representing tax positions for which a liability has been established. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the liability relating to unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year   $ 1,449     $ 926  
Gross increases to current year tax positions     645       497  
Gross increases (decreases) to prior year’s tax positions     (2 )     72  
Lapse of statute of limitations     (292 )     (46 )
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year   $ 1,800     $ 1,449  

 

Tax years that remain open and subject to audit include the years 2012 through 2015 for both federal and state tax purposes. The Company recognized $292,000 and $46,000 of previously unrecognized tax benefits during 2015 and 2014, respectively. The gross unrecognized tax benefits of $1.8 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, would favorably impact the effective tax rate by $1.2 million and $956,000, respectively, if recognized. During 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $55,000 and $89,000, respectively, of income tax expense associated with interest and penalties compared to an income tax benefit of $9,000 during 2013. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has accrued interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits of $336,000 and $281,000, respectively which are not included in the table above. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that a reduction in gross unrecognized tax benefits of up to $316,000 is possible during the next 12 months as a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations.

 

(16) Employee Benefit Plans

 

Employee Retirement Plan. Substantially all employees are covered under a 401(k) defined contribution savings plan. Eligible employees receive 100% matching contributions from the Company of up to 6% of their compensation. Matching contributions by the Company were $554,000, $502,000 and $369,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement. The Company has recognized a liability for future benefits payable under an agreement that splits the benefits of a bank owned life insurance policy between the Company and a former employee. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the liability was $37,000 and $275,000, respectively.

 

Deferred Compensation Agreements. The Company has entered into deferred compensation and other retirement agreements with certain key employees that provide for cash payments to be made after their retirement. The obligations under these arrangements have been recorded at the present value of the accrued benefits. The Company has also entered into agreements with certain directors to defer portions of their compensation. The balance of accrued benefits under these arrangements was $639,000 and $680,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and was included as a component of other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company recorded expense associated with the deferred compensation agreements of $11,000, $33,000 and $94,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

  83  

 

(17) Stock Compensation Plan

 

The Company had a stock-based employee compensation plan which allowed for the issuance of stock options and restricted common stock, the purpose of which was to provide additional incentive to certain officers, directors, and key employees by facilitating their purchase of a stock interest in the Company. Compensation expense related to prior awards is recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period, which is typically four or five years. During 2011, all awards remaining available under the Company’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan were awarded. The stock-based compensation cost related to these awards was $16,000, $55,000, and $58,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company recognized tax benefits of $84,000, $15,000, and $30,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

A summary of option activity during 2015 is presented below:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)         Weighted     Weighted        
          average     average        
          exercise     remaining     Aggregate  
          price     contractual     intrinsic  
    Shares     per share     term     value  
Outstanding at January 1, 2015     344,474     $ 16.27       3.1 years     $ 1,690  
Effect of 5% stock dividend     16,288                          
Forfeited/expired     -     $ -                  
Exercised     (30,543 )   $ 16.67                  
Outstanding at December 31, 2015     330,219     $ 15.43       2.2 years     $ 3,578  
Exercisable at December 31, 2015     330,219     $ 15.43       2.2 years     $ 3,578  
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015     330,219     $ 15.43       2.2 years     $ 3,578  

 

A summary of nonvested option activity during 2015 is presented below:

 

          Weighted  
          average  
          exercise  
          price  
    Shares     per share  
Nonvested options at January 1, 2015     14,748     $ 13.37  
Forfeited/expired     -     $ -  
Vested     (14,748 )   $ 13.37  
Effect of 5% stock dividend     -     $ -  
Nonvested options at December 31, 2015     -     $ -  

 

Additional information about stock options exercised is presented below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Intrinsic value of options exercised (on exercise date)   $ 273     $ 186     $ 126  
Cash received from options exercised     510       493       1,244  
Excess tax benefit realized from options exercised   $ 83     $ 26     $ 29  

 

As of December 31, 2015, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding unvested options.

 

  84  

 

At the annual meeting of stockholders on May 20, 2015, our stockholders approved the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan which authorized the issuance of equity awards covering 262,500 shares of common stock. The Company has not issued any of these equity awards as of December 31, 2015.

 

(18) Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

Fair value estimates of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, including methods and assumptions utilized, are set forth below:

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Carrying                          
    amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 13,569     $ 13,569     $ -     $ -     $ 13,569  
Investment securities available for sale     353,438       8,003       345,435       -       353,438  
Bank stocks, at cost     4,497       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Loans, net     419,923       -       -       420,061       420,061  
Derivative financial instruments     797       -       797       -       797  
Accrued interest receivable     4,002       22       2,117       1,863       4,002  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Non-maturity deposits   $ (570,784 )   $ (570,784 )   $ -     $ -       (570,784 )
Time deposits     (143,943 )     -       (142,924 )     -       (142,924 )
FHLB borrowings     (37,600 )     -       (38,215 )     -       (38,215 )
Subordinated debentures     (21,084 )     -       (19,051 )     -       (19,051 )
Other borrowings     (11,974 )     -       (11,974 )     -       (11,974 )
Accrued interest payable     (287 )     -       (287 )     -       (287 )

 

  85  

 

(Dollars in thousands)   As of December 31, 2014  
    Carrying                          
    amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 12,760     $ 12,760     $ -     $ -     $ 12,760  
Investment securities available-for-sale     348,931       7,813       341,118       -       348,931  
Bank stocks, at cost     4,007       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Loans, net     416,190       -       -       423,318       423,318  
Loans held for sale     10,671       -       10,726       -       10,726  
Derivative financial instruments     260       -       260       -       260  
Accrued interest receivable     3,670       22       1,750       1,898       3,670  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Non-maturity deposits   $ (535,496 )   $ (535,496 )   $ -     $ -       (535,496 )
Time deposits     (169,059 )     -       (168,642 )     -       (168,642 )
FHLB borrowings     (43,253 )     -       (45,287 )     -       (45,287 )
Subordinated debentures     (20,884 )     -       (18,506 )     -       (18,506 )
Other borrowings     (12,410 )     -       (12,410 )     -       (12,410 )
Accrued interest payable     (298 )     -       (298 )     -       (298 )

 

Methods and Assumptions Utilized

 

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is considered to approximate fair value.

 

The Company’s investment securities classified as available-for-sale include U.S. treasury securities, U.S. federal agency securities, municipal obligations, agency mortgage-backed securities, certificates of deposits and common stocks. Quoted exchange prices are available for the Company’s U.S treasury securities and common stock investments, which are classified as Level 1. U.S. federal agency securities and agency mortgage-backed obligations are priced utilizing industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value, yield curves, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable data, or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. These measurements are classified as Level 2. Municipal securities are valued using a type of matrix, or grid, pricing in which securities are benchmarked against U.S. treasury rates based on credit rating. These model and matrix measurements are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

It is not practical to determine the fair value of bank stocks due to restrictions placed on the transferability of FHLB and FRB stock.

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s loan portfolio is based on the segregation of loans by collateral type, interest terms, and maturities. The fair value is estimated based on discounting scheduled and estimated cash flows through maturity using an appropriate risk-adjusted yield curve to approximate current interest rates for each category. No adjustment was made to the interest rates for changes in credit risk of performing loans where there are no known credit concerns. Management segregates loans in appropriate risk categories. Management believes that the risk factor embedded in the interest rates along with the allowance for loan losses applicable to the performing loan portfolio results in a fair valuation of such loans. The fair values of impaired loans are generally based on market prices for similar assets determined through independent appraisals or discounted values of independent appraisals and brokers’ opinions of value. This method of estimating fair value does not incorporate the exit-price concept of fair value prescribed by ASC Topic 820 and is classified as Level 3.

 

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and payable are considered to approximate fair value.

 

  86  

 

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, money market accounts, and checking accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of interest-bearing time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows of such deposits. The discount rate is tied to the FHLB yield curve plus an appropriate servicing spread. Fair value measurements based on discounted cash flows are classified as Level 2. These fair values do not incorporate the value of core deposit intangibles which may be associated with the deposit base.

 

The fair value of advances from the FHLB, subordinated debentures, and other borrowings is estimated using current yield curves for similar borrowings adjusted for the Company’s current credit spread and classified as Level 2.

 

The Company’s derivative financial instruments consist of interest rate lock commitments and corresponding forward sales contracts on mortgage loans held for sale. The fair values of these derivatives are based on quoted prices for similar loans in the secondary market. The market prices are adjusted by a factor, based on the Company’s historical data and its judgment about future economic trends, which considers the likelihood that a commitment will ultimately result in a closed loan. These instruments are classified as Level 2. The amounts are included in other assets or other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and gains on sale of loans, net in the consolidated statements of earnings.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of letters of credit and commitments to extend credit is based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. The aggregate of these fees is not material.

 

Transfers

 

The Company did not transfer any assets or liabilities among levels during the year ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

 

  87  

 

Valuation Methods for Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The following table represents the Company’s financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014, allocated to the appropriate fair value hierarchy:

 

(Dollars in thousands)         As of December 31, 2015  
          Fair value hierarchy  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets:                                
Available-for-sale securities                                
U. S. treasury securities   $ 6,517     $ 6,517     $ -     $ -  
U. S. federal agency obligations     29,920       -       29,920       -  
Municipal obligations, tax exempt     137,941       -       137,941       -  
Municipal obligations, taxable     81,890       -       81,890       -  
Agency mortgage-backed securities     85,985       -       85,985       -  
Common stocks     1,486       1,486       -       -  
Certificates of deposit     9,699       -       9,699       -  
Derivative financial instruments     797       -       797       -  

 

(Dollars in thousands)         As of December 31, 2014  
          Fair value hierarchy  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets:                                
Available-for-sale securities                                
U. S. treasury securities   $ 6,530     $ 6,530     $ -     $ -  
U. S. federal agency obligations     25,743       -       25,743       -  
Municipal obligations, tax exempt     110,509       -       110,509       -  
Municipal obligations, taxable     63,922       -       63,922       -  
Agency mortgage-backed securities     135,519       -       135,519       -  
Common stocks     1,283       1,283       -       -  
Certificates of deposit     5,425       -       5,425       -  
Derivative financial instruments     260       -       260       -  

 

Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale securities are included in other comprehensive income to the extent the changes are not considered other-than-temporary impairments. Other-than-temporary impairment tests are performed on a quarterly basis and any decline in the fair value of an individual security below its cost that is deemed to be other-than-temporary results in a write-down of that security’s cost basis.

 

Valuation Methods for Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

The Company does not value its loan portfolio at fair value. Collateral-dependent impaired loans are generally carried at the lower of cost or fair value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs. Collateral values are determined based on appraisals performed by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Company and then further adjusted if warranted based on relevant facts and circumstances. The appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including the comparable sales and income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated at least quarterly for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above. The loan balance of the Company’s impaired loans was $6.8 million and $10.7 million, with an allocated allowance of $88,000 and $349,000, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, determined on an aggregate basis. The mortgage loan valuations are based on quoted secondary market prices for similar loans and are classified as Level 2.

 

  88  

 

Real estate owned includes assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure and land previously acquired for expansion. Real estate owned is initially recorded at the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Subsequent valuations are updated periodically and are based upon independent appraisals, third party price opinions or internal pricing models. The appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including the comparable sales and income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Real estate owned is reviewed and evaluated at least annually for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.

 

The following table represents the Company’s financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 allocated to the appropriate fair value hierarchy:

 

(Dollars in thousands)                              
          As of December 31, 2015     Total  
          Fair value hierarchy     (losses)/  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     gains  
Assets:                                        
Impaired loans:                                        
One-to-four family residential real estate   $ 266     $ -     $ -     $ 266     $ (137 )
Consumer loans     16       -       -       16       6  
Loans held for sale     14,465       -       14,465       -       (10 )

 

          As of December 31, 2014     Total  
          Fair value hierarchy     (losses)/  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     gains  
Assets:                                        
Impaired loans:                                        
One-to-four family residential real estate   $ 1,135     $ -     $ -     $ 1,135     $ (214 )
Commercial real estate     30       -       -       30       (17 )
Commercial loans     206       -       -       206       (28 )
Agriculture loans     134       -       -       134       (5 )
Consumer loans     30       -       -       30       (5 )
Real estate owned:                                        
One-to-four family residential real estate     37       -       -       37       (25 )
Commercial real estate     45       -       -       45       (9 )

 

  89  

 

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

(Dollars in thousands)                    
    Fair value     Valuation technique   Unboservable inputs   Range  
As of December 31, 2015                        
Impaired loans:                        
One-to-four family residential real estate   $ 266     Sales comparison   Adjustment to appraised value     0%-40 %
Consumer loans     16     Sales comparison   Adjustment to comparable sales     0 %
                         
As of December 31, 2014                        
Impaired loans:                        
One-to-four family residential real estate   $ 1,135     Sales comparison   Adjustment to appraised value     10%-47 %
Commercial real estate     30     Sales comparison   Adjustment to appraised value     28 %
Commercial loans     206     Sales comparison   Adjustment to comparable sales     15%-60 %
Agriculture loans     134     Sales comparison   Adjustment to appraised value     60 %
Consumer loans     30     Sales comparison   Adjustment to comparable sales     20 %
Real estate owned:                        
One-to-four family residential real estate     37     Sales comparison   Adjustment to appraised value     10 %
Commercial real estate     45     Sales comparison   Adjustment to appraised value     10 %

 

(19) Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. Management believed as of December 31, 2015, the Company and Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject at that time.

 

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. On January 1, 2015, the Company and the Bank became subject to new capital rules (the “Basel III Rule”) that implemented the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The Basel III Rule is applicable to all U.S. banks that are subject to minimum capital requirements, as well as to bank and savings and loan holding companies other than “small bank holding companies” (generally, non-public bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $1.0 billion).

 

The Basel III Rule has maintained the general structure of the prompt corrective action framework, while incorporating increased requirements. The Basel III Rule includes a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raises the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, continues to require a minimum ratio of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and requires a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The Basel III Rule provides banks with under $250 billion in assets with a one-time opt-out election to remove the impact of certain unrealized capital gains and losses from the calculation of capital. The Bank made the one-time accumulated other comprehensive income opt-out election on the first Call Report filed after January 1, 2015.

 

  90  

 

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action then in effect. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

The following is a comparison of the Company’s regulatory capital to minimum capital requirements in effect at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

(Dollars in thousands)         For capital  
    Actual     adequacy purposes  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2015                                
Leverage   $ 80,401       9.43 %   $ 34,092       4.0 %
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital     60,375       11.05 %     24,584       4.5 %
Tier 1 Capital     80,401       14.72 %     32,779       6.0 %
Total Risk Based Capital     87,214       15.96 %     43,706       8.0 %
                                 
As of December 31, 2014                                
Leverage   $ 67,228       8.06 %   $ 33,377       4.0 %
Tier 1 Capital     67,228       13.26 %     20,282       4.0 %
Total Risk Based Capital     76,864       15.16 %     40,563       8.0 %

 

The following is a comparison of the Bank’s regulatory capital to minimum capital requirements in effect at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

                To be well-capitalized  
                under prompt  
(Dollars in thousands)         For capital     corrective  
    Actual     adequacy purposes     action provisions  
  Amount     Ratio      Amount      Ratio      Amount      Ratio
As of December 31, 2015                                                
Leverage   $ 79,857       9.40 %   $ 33,993       4.0 %   $ 42,491       5.0 %
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital     79,857       14.66 %     24,519       4.5 %     35,416       6.5 %
Tier 1 Capital     79,857       14.66 %     32,692       6.0 %     43,589       8.0 %
Total Risk Based Capital     85,929       15.77 %     43,589       8.0 %     54,486       10.0 %
                                                 
As of December 31, 2014                                                
Leverage   $ 71,004       8.53 %   $ 33,298       4.0 %   $ 41,622       5.0 %
Tier 1 Capital     71,004       14.04 %     20,224       4.0 %     30,336       6.0 %
Total Risk Based Capital     76,901       15.21 %     40,448       8.0 %     50,559       10.0 %

 

  91  

 

(20) Parent Company Condensed Financial Statements

 

The following is condensed financial information of the parent company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 139     $ 19  
Investment securities     1,737       1,540  
Investment in Bank     99,529       91,769  
Other     474       495  
Total assets   $ 101,879     $ 93,823  
Liabilities and stockholders' equity:                
Subordinated debentures   $ 21,084     $ 20,884  
Other borrowings     -       1,140  
Other     225       154  
Stockholders' equity     80,570       71,645  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 101,879     $ 93,823  

 

Condensed Statements of Earnings

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Dividends from Bank   $ 3,723     $ 588     $ 1,180  
Interest income     50       31       27  
Other non-interest income     7       7       7  
Interest expense     (770 )     (698 )     (446 )
Other expense, net     (297 )     (307 )     (309 )
Earnings before equity in undistributed earnings of Bank     2,713       (379 )     459  
Increase in undistributed equity of Bank     7,442       8,096       3,948  
Earnings before income taxes     10,155       7,717       4,407  
Income tax benefit     (351 )     (332 )     (248 )
Net earnings     10,506       8,049       4,655  
Other comprehensive income (loss)     357       2,744       (4,384 )
Total comprehensive income   $ 10,863     $ 10,793     $ 271  

 

  92  

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Years ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
Cash flows from operating activities:                        
Net earnings   $ 10,506     $ 8,049     $ 4,655  
Increase in undistributed equity of Bank     (7,442 )     (8,096 )     (3,948 )
Amortization of purchase accounting adjustment on subordinated debentures     200       200       33  
Other     20       (22 )     36  
Net cash provided by operating activities     3,284       131       776  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:                        
Proceeds from sales and maturities of  investment securities     14       20       17  
Net cash provided by investing activities     14       20       17  
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:                        
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     509       494       1,244  
Proceeds from other borrowings     2,605       4,515       -  
Repayments on other borrowings     (3,745 )     (3,375 )     -  
Payment of dividends     (2,547 )     (2,415 )     (2,243 )
Net cash used in financing  activities     (3,178 )     (781 )     (999 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash     120       (630 )     (206 )
Cash at beginning of year     19       649       855  
Cash at end of year   $ 139     $ 19     $ 649  

 

Dividends paid by the Company are provided through dividends from the Bank. At December 31, 2015, the Bank could distribute dividends of up to $19.5 million without regulatory approvals. The primary source of funds for the Company is dividends from the Bank. Under the National Bank Act, a national bank may pay dividends out of its undivided profits in such amounts and at such times as the bank’s board of directors deems prudent. Without prior OCC approval, however, a national bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year that, in the aggregate, exceed the bank’s year-to-date net income plus the bank’s retained net income for the two preceding years. The payment of dividends by any financial institution is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized.

 

(21) Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

 

Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a borrower providing there are no violations of any conditions established in the contract. The Company, as a provider of financial services, routinely issues financial guarantees in the form of financial and performance commercial and standby letters of credit. As many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment does not necessarily represent future cash requirements (see Note 7).

 

There are no pending legal proceedings to which the Company or the Bank is a party other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the Bank’s business. While the ultimate outcome of current legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these legal actions should not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

  93  

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2015. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined by Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation, and assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, management used the framework established in Internal-Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission - 2013. Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC permitting the Company to provide only management’s report in the annual report.

 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that materially affected or were reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None

 

  94  

 

PART III.

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Directors

 

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 10 of this Form 10-K regarding directors of the Company from the sections entitled “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 18, 2016 (the “2016 Proxy Statement”).

 

The executive officers of the Company, each of whom is also currently an executive officer of the Bank and all of whom serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors, are identified below:

 

Name   Age   Positions with the Company
             
Patrick L. Alexander   63   Executive Chairman    
             
Michael E. Scheopner   54   President and Chief Executive Officer    
             
Mark A. Herpich   48   Vice President, Secretary, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

The executive officers of the Bank are identified below:

 

Name   Age   Positions with the Bank   Held position since
             
Patrick L. Alexander   63   Executive Chairman   January 2014
             
Michael E. Scheopner   54   President and Chief Executive Officer   January 2014
             
Mark A. Herpich   48   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   October 2001
             
Bradly L. Chindamo   47   Executive Vice President and Credit Risk Manager   May 2013
             
Dean R. Thibault   64   Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking   January 2006
             
Mark J. Oliphant   63   Executive Vice President, Market President-Central Region   February  2013

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 11 of this Form 10-K from the sections entitled “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors,” and “Executive Compensation” of the 2016 Proxy Statement.

 

  95  

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 12 of this Form 10-K from the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” of the 2016 Proxy Statement.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The table below sets forth the following information as of December 31, 2015 for all equity compensation plans:

 

  (a)   the number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights;

 

  (b)   the weighted-average exercise price of such outstanding options, warrants and rights;

 

  (c)   other than securities to be issued upon the exercise of such outstanding options, warrants and rights, the number of securities remaining available for future issuance under the plans.

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
Plan category   Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
 and rights
    Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
    Number of securities
remaining available for
 future  issuance
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     330,219     $ 15.43       262,500  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders     -       -       -  
Total     330,219     $ 15.43       262,500  

 

At the annual meeting of stockholders on May 20, 2015, our stockholders approved the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan which authorized the issuance of equity awards covering 262,500 shares of common stock. The Company has not issued any of these equity awards as of December 31, 2015.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 13 of this Form 10-K from the sections entitled “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of the 2016 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 14 of this Form 10-K from the section entitled “Proposal 2 - Ratification of Crowe Chizek LLP as our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the 2016 Proxy Statement.

 

  96  

 

PART IV.

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

ITEM 15(a)1 and 2. Financial Statements and Schedules

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

LIST OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and related notes and auditors’ report are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings – Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

All schedules are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements incorporated by reference or notes thereto.

 

Item 15(a)3. Exhibits

 

The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are included with this Form 10-K and are listed on the “Index to Exhibits” immediately following the signature page.

 

Upon written request to the President of the Company, P.O. Box 308, Manhattan, Kansas 66505-0308, copies of the exhibits listed above are available to stockholders of the Company by specifically identifying each exhibit desired in the request. The Company’s filings with the SEC are also available free of charge via the Internet at www.sec.gov , the Company’s Web site available at www.landmarkbancorpinc .com or through the investor relations link at the Bank’s Web site at www.banklandmark.com .

 

  97  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

LANDMARK BANCORP, INC.    
(Registrant)    
     
By: /s/ Michael E. Scheopner   By:  /s/ Mark A. Herpich
Michael E. Scheopner   Mark A. Herpich
President and Chief Executive Officer   Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE       TITLE
         
/s/ Michael E. Scheopner   March 14, 2016   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Michael E. Scheopner   Date    
         
/s/ Patrick L. Alexander   March 14, 2016   Executive Chairman of the Board, Director
Patrick L. Alexander   Date    
/s/ Mark A. Herpich   March 14, 2016   Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Mark A. Herpich   Date    
         
/s/ Richard A. Ball   March 14, 2016   Director
Richard A. Ball   Date    
         
/s/ Brent A. Bowman   March 14, 2016   Director
Brent A. Bowman   Date    
         
/s/ Sarah Hill-Nelson   March 14, 2016   Director
Sarah Hill-Nelson   Date    
         
/s/ Jim W. Lewis   March 14, 2016   Director
Jim W. Lewis   Date    
         
/s/ Susan E. Roepke   March 14, 2016   Director
Susan E. Roepke   Date    
         
/s/ Wayne R. Sloan   March 14, 2016   Director
Wayne R. Sloan   Date    
         
/s/ David H. Snapp   March 14, 2016   Director
David H. Snapp   Date    

 

  98  

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number
  Description   Incorporated by reference to   Attached
hereto
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 1, 2013 among the Bank, the Company, Citizens Bank and First Capital Corporation   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 2, 2013 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
2.2   First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 31, 2013 among the Bank, Company, Citizens Bank and First Capital Corporation   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 4, 2013 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
2.3   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 13, 2012 among Landmark National Bank, The Wellsville Bank and Wellsville Bancshares, Inc.   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 17, 2012 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation   the registrant’s transition report on Form 10-K for the transition period ended December 31, 2001, filed with the Commission on March 29, 2002 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
3.2   Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation   the registrant’s report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012, filed with the Commission on March 29, 2013 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
3.3   Bylaws   the registrant’s Form S-4 filed with the Commission on June 7, 2001 (SEC file no. 333-62466)    
4.0   Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company, none of which authorize a total amount of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as exhibits.  The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the Commission upon request.          
10.1   Employment agreement effective January 1, 2014  between Patrick L. Alexander and the Company and the Bank   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2013  (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.2   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2015, between Patrick L. Alexander and the Company and the Bank   the registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 14, 2015    
10.3   Employment agreement effective January 1, 2014 between Michael E. Scheopner and the Company and the Bank   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2013  (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.4   Employment agreement effective November 1, 2013  between Mark A. Herpich and the Company and the Bank   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2013  (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.5   Employment agreement effective November 1, 2013 between Dean R. Thibault and the Company and the Bank   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2013  (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.6   Employment agreement effective November 1, 2013 between Mark J. Oliphant and the Company and the Bank   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2013  (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.7   Employment agreement effective November 1, 2013 between Bradly L. Chindamo and the Company and the Bank   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2013  (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.8   Form of 2001 Landmark Bancorp, Inc.  Stock Incentive Plan Option Grant Agreement   the registrant’s report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Commission on March 30, 2005 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    

 

  99  

 

10.9   Form of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. Deferred Compensation Agreements   the registrant’s report on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2004, filed with the Commission on March 30, 2005 (SEC file no. 000-33203)  

10.10   2001 Stock Incentive Plan   the registrant’s Form S-8 filed with the Commission on February 11, 2003 (SEC file no. 333-103091)    
10.11   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 19, 2008 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   the registrant’s report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008, filed with the Commission on March 27, 2009 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.12   First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 18, 2009 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   the registrant’s report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009 filed with the Commission on March 26, 2010 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.13   Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 5, 2010 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 9, 2010 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.14   Third Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 4, 2011 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   the registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 10, 2011 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.15   Form of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award   the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 19, 2011 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.16   Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 5, 2012 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   the registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 9, 2012 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.17   Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 5, 2013 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   the registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 14, 2013 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.18   Sixth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 6, 2014 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   The registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 10, 2014 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.19   Seventh Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 1, 2015 between the Company and First National Bank of Omaha   The registrant’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 13, 2015 (SEC file no. 000-33203)    
10.20   Landmark Bancorp, Inc.  2015 Stock Incentive Plan       X
13.1   Letters to Stockholders and Corporate Information included in 2015 Annual Report to Stockholders       X
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company       X
23.1   Consent of Crowe Chizek LLP       X
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP       X
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)       X

 

  100  

 

31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)       X
32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002       X
32.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002       X

 

Exhibit  101 Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  101  

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.20

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Article 1
INTRODUCTION

 

Section 1.1            Purpose, Effective Date, and Term.   The purpose of this Landmark Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan is to promote the long-term financial success of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and its Subsidiaries by providing a means to attract, retain, and reward individuals who can and do contribute to such success, and to further align their interests with those of the Stockholders. The “ Effective Date ” of the Plan is May, 20, 2015, the date of the approval of the Plan by the Stockholders. The Plan shall remain in effect as long as any Awards are outstanding; provided, however, that no Awards may be granted after the ten (10)-year anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Section 1.2            Participation. Each employee and director of, and service provider (with respect to which issuances of securities may be registered under Form S-8) to, the Company and each Subsidiary who is granted, and currently holds, an Award in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall be a “ Participant ” in the Plan. Award recipients shall be limited to employees and directors of, and service providers (with respect to which issuances of securities may be registered under Form S-8) to, the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that an Award (other than an Award of an ISO) may be granted to an individual prior to the date on which he or she first performs services as an employee, director, or service provider, provided that such Award shall not become vested prior to the date such individual commences such services.

 

Section 1.3            Definitions. Capitalized terms in the Plan shall be defined as set forth in the Plan (including the definition provisions of Article 8 ).

 

Article 2
AWARDS

 

Section 2.1            General . Any Award may be granted singularly, in combination with another Award (or Awards), or in tandem whereby the exercise or vesting of one (1) Award held by a Participant cancels another Award held by the Participant. Each Award shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan and such additional provisions as the Committee may provide with respect to such Award and as may be evidenced in the Award Agreement. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4(b) , an Award may be granted as an alternative to or replacement of an existing Award or an award under any other plan of the Company or a Subsidiary, or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under any other compensation plan or arrangement of the Company or a Subsidiary, including the plan of any entity acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary. The types of Awards that may be granted include the following:

 

(a)           Stock Options . A stock option represents the right to purchase Shares at an exercise price established by the Committee. Any stock option may be either an ISO or a nonqualified stock option that is not intended to be an ISO. No ISOs may be (i) granted after the ten (10)-year anniversary of the Effective Date or (ii) granted to a non-employee. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the stock options or portions thereof that exceed such limit shall be treated as nonqualified stock options. Unless otherwise specifically provided by the Award Agreement, any stock option granted under the Plan shall be a nonqualified stock option. All or a portion of any ISO granted under the Plan that does not qualify as an ISO for any reason shall be deemed to be a nonqualified stock option. In addition, any ISO granted under the Plan may be unilaterally modified by the Committee to disqualify such stock option from ISO treatment such that it shall become a nonqualified stock option.

 

(b)           Stock Appreciation Rights.   A stock appreciation right (an “ SAR ”) is a right to receive, in cash, Shares or a combination of both (as shall be reflected in the respective Award Agreement), an amount equal to or based upon the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise of the SAR over (ii) an exercise price established by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

(c)           Stock Awards.   A stock award is a grant of Shares or a right to receive Shares (or their cash equivalent or a combination of both, as shall be reflected in the respective Award Agreement, excluding Awards designated as stock options, SARs, or cash incentive awards by the Committee) based on the satisfaction of such conditions as may be established by the Committee. Such Awards may include bonus shares, performance shares, performance units, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or any other equity-based Award as determined by the Committee.

 

(d)           Cash Incentive Awards .  A cash incentive award is the grant of a right to receive a payment of cash (or Stock having a value equivalent to the cash otherwise payable, excluding Awards designated as stock options, SARs, or stock awards by the Committee, all as shall be reflected in the respective Award Agreement), determined on an individual basis or as an allocation of an incentive pool that is contingent on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Committee.

 

Section 2.2            Exercise of Stock Options and SARs.   A stock option or SAR shall be exercisable in accordance with such provisions as may be established by the Committee; provided , however , that a stock option or SAR shall expire no later than ten (10) years after its grant date (five (5) years in the case of an ISO with respect to a 10% Stockholder).  The exercise price of each stock option and SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the grant date (or, if greater, the par value of a Share); provided , however , that the exercise price of an ISO shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of Fair Market Value on the grant date in the case of a 10% Stockholder; and provided , further , that, to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, and subject to Section 3.4(b) , the exercise price may be higher or lower in the case of stock options and SARs granted in replacement of existing awards held by an employee, director, or service provider granted by an acquired entity.  The payment of the exercise price of a stock option shall be by cash or, subject to limitations imposed by applicable law, by any of the following means unless otherwise determined by the Committee from time to time: (a) by tendering, either actually or by attestation, Shares acceptable to the Committee and valued at Fair Market Value as of the day of exercise; (b) by irrevocably authorizing a third party, acceptable to the Committee, to sell Shares acquired upon exercise of the stock option and to remit to the Company no later than the third (3rd) business day following exercise a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire exercise price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise; (c) by payment through a net exercise such that, without the payment of any funds, the Participant may exercise the option and receive the net number of Shares equal in value to (i) the number of Shares as to which the option is being exercised, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value (on the date of exercise) less the exercise price, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares); (d) by personal, certified, or cashiers’ check; (e) by other property deemed acceptable by the Committee; or (f) by any combination thereof.

 

Section 2.3            Performance-Based Compensation. Any Award that is intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be conditioned on the achievement of one (1) or more objective performance measures, to the extent required by Code Section 162(m), as may be determined by the Committee. The grant of any Award and the establishment of performance measures that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall occur during the period required under Code Section 162(m).

 

(a)           Performance Measures.   The performance measures described in this Section 2.3 may be based on any one (1) or more of the following: earnings ( e.g., earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; and earnings per share; each as may be defined by the Committee); financial return ratios ( e.g., return on investment; return on invested capital; return on equity; and return on assets; each as may be defined by the Committee); “Texas ratio”; expense ratio; efficiency ratio; increase in revenue, operating, or net cash flows; cash flow return on investment; total stockholder return; market share; net operating income, operating income, or net income; debt load reduction; loan and lease losses; expense management; economic value added; stock price; book value; overhead; assets; asset quality level; assets per employee; charge offs; loan loss reserves; loans; deposits; nonperforming assets; growth of loans, deposits, or assets; interest sensitivity gap levels; regulatory compliance; improvement of financial rating; achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives; improvements in capital structure; profitability; profit margins; budget comparisons or strategic business objectives, consisting of one (1) or more objectives based on meeting specific cost targets, business expansion goals, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. Performance measures may be based on the performance of the Company as a whole or of any one (1) or more Subsidiaries, business units, or financial reporting segments of the Company or a Subsidiary, or any combination thereof, and may be measured relative to a peer group, an index, or a business plan.

 

 

 

 

(b)           Partial Achievement.   An Award may provide that partial achievement of the performance measures may result in payment or vesting based upon the degree of achievement. In addition, partial achievement of performance measures shall apply toward a Participant’s individual limitations as set forth in Section 3.3 .

 

(c)           Extraordinary Items.   In establishing any performance measures, the Committee may provide for the exclusion of the effects of the following items, to the extent identified in the audited financial statements of the Company, including footnotes, or in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report: (i) extraordinary, unusual, or nonrecurring items of gain or loss, including non-cash refinancing charges; (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business; (iii) changes in tax or accounting principles, regulations, or laws; (iv) mergers or acquisitions; and (v) such other items permitted from time to time hereafter under the regulations promulgated under Code Section 162(m).  To the extent not specifically excluded, such effects shall be included in any applicable performance measure.

 

(d)           Adjustments . Pursuant to this Section 2.3 , in certain circumstances the Committee may adjust performance measures; provided, however, that no adjustment may be made with respect to an Award that is intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, except to the extent the Committee exercises such negative discretion as is permitted under Code Section 162(m). If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure, or capital structure of the Company or the manner in which the Company or a Subsidiary conducts its business or other events or circumstances render current performance measures to be unsuitable, the Committee may modify such performance measures, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate. If a Participant is promoted, demoted, or transferred to a different business unit during a performance period, the Committee may determine that the selected performance measures or applicable performance period are no longer appropriate, in which case, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may (i) adjust, change, or eliminate the performance measures or change the applicable performance period or (ii) cause to be made a cash payment to the Participant in an amount determined by the Committee.

 

Section 2.4            Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.   Any Award may provide the Participant with the right to receive dividend payments or dividend equivalent payments with respect to Shares subject to the Award, which payments may be made currently or credited to an account for the Participant, may be settled in cash or Shares, and may be subject to terms or provisions similar to the underlying Award.

 

Section 2.5            Forfeiture of Awards. Unless specifically provided to the contrary in an Award Agreement, upon notification of Termination of Service for Cause, any outstanding Award held by a Participant, whether vested or unvested, shall terminate immediately, such Award shall be forfeited, and the Participant shall have no further rights thereunder.

 

Section 2.6            Deferred Compensation. The Plan is, and all Awards are, intended to be exempt from (or, in the alternative, to comply with) Code Section 409A, and each shall be construed, interpreted, and administered accordingly. The Company does not guarantee that any benefits that may be provided under the Plan will satisfy all applicable provisions of Code Section 409A. If any Award would be considered “deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A, the Committee reserves the absolute right (including the right to delegate such right) to unilaterally amend the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, without the consent of the Participant, to avoid the application of, or to maintain compliance with, Code Section 409A. Any amendment by the Committee of the Plan or an Award Agreement pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall maintain, to the extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without violating Code Section 409A. A Participant’s acceptance of any Award shall be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgment of, and consent to, the rights of the Committee under this Section 2.6 , without further consideration or action. Any discretionary authority retained by the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Plan or pursuant to an Award Agreement shall not be applicable to an Award that is determined to constitute deferred compensation, if such discretionary authority would contravene Code Section 409A.

 

Article 3
SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

 

Section 3.1            Available Shares.   The Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted shall be Shares currently authorized but unissued, currently held, or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subsequently acquired by the Company, including Shares purchased in the open market or in private transactions.

 

 

 

 

Section 3.2            Share Limitations. 

 

(a)           Share Reserve . Subject to the following provisions of this Section 3.2, the maximum number of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan shall be 250,000 (all of which may be granted as ISOs and all of which may be granted as full value awards). The maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan (including the number that may be granted as ISOs) and the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.4.

 

(b)           Reuse of Shares. 

 

(i)          To the extent any Shares covered by an Award are not delivered to a Participant or beneficiary for any reason, including because the Award is forfeited (including unvested stock awards), canceled, or settled in cash, such Shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan and shall again become eligible for delivery under the Plan.

 

(ii)         With respect to SARs that are settled in Shares, only Shares actually delivered shall be counted for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan.

 

(iii)        If the exercise price of any stock option granted under the Plan is satisfied by tendering Shares to the Company (whether by actual delivery or by attestation and whether or not such surrendered Shares were acquired pursuant to an award) or by the net exercise of the award, only the number of Shares delivered net of the Shares tendered shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan.

 

(iv)        If the withholding tax liabilities arising from an Award are satisfied by the tendering of Shares to the Company (whether by actual delivery or by attestation and whether or not such tendered Shares were acquired pursuant to an award) or by the withholding of or reduction of Shares by the Company, such Shares shall be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan.

 

Section 3.3            Limitations on Grants to Individuals. The following limitations shall apply with respect to Awards:

 

(a)           Stock Options and SARs.  The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock options or SARs granted to any one (1) Participant during any calendar year that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, and then only to the extent that such limitation is required by Code Section 162(m), shall be 100,000. For purposes of this Section 3.3(a) , if a stock option is granted in tandem with an SAR, such that the exercise of the option or SAR with respect to a Share cancels the tandem SAR or option right, respectively, with respect to such Share, the tandem option and SAR rights with respect to each Share shall be counted as covering one (1) Share for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 3.3(a) .

 

(b)           Stock Awards.  The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock awards that are granted to any one (1) Participant during any calendar year and are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, and then only to the extent that such limitation is required by Code Section 162(m), shall be 100,000.

 

(c)           Cash Incentive Awards and Stock Awards Settled in Cash.  The maximum dollar amount that may be payable to any one (1) Participant pursuant to cash incentive awards and cash-settled stock awards that are granted to any one (1) Participant during any calendar year and are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, and then only to the extent that such limitation is required by Code Section 162(m), shall be $500,000.

 

(d)           Dividends, Dividend Equivalents and Earnings.  For purposes of determining whether an Award is intended to be qualified as Performance-Based Compensation under the foregoing limitations of this Section 3.3 , (i) the right to receive dividends and dividend equivalents with respect to any Award that is not yet vested shall be treated as a separate Award, and (ii) if the delivery of any Shares or cash under an Award is deferred, any earnings, including dividends and dividend equivalents, shall be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

(e)           Partial Performance . Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 3.3 , if in respect of any performance period or restriction period, the Committee grants to a Participant Awards having an aggregate dollar value and/or number of Shares less than the maximum dollar value and/or number of Shares that could be paid or awarded to such Participant based on the degree to which the relevant performance measures were attained, the excess of such maximum dollar value and/or number of Shares over the aggregate dollar value and/or number of Shares actually subject to Awards granted to such Participant shall be carried forward and shall increase the maximum dollar value and/or the number of Shares that may be awarded to such Participant in respect of the next performance period or restriction period in respect of which the Committee grants to such Participant an Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.4 .

 

(f)           Director Awards .

 

(i)          The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock options or SARs granted to any one (1) Director Participant during any calendar year shall be 25,000.

 

(ii)         The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock awards that are granted to any one (1) Director Participant during any calendar year shall be 25,000.

 

(iii)        The foregoing limitations shall not apply to cash-based director fees that a Director elects to receive in the form of Shares or Share-based units equal in value to the cash-based director fees.

 

Section 3.4            Corporate Transactions; No Repricing.

 

(a)           Adjustments . To the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, to the extent applicable, in the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company or the Shares (including any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of shares), all outstanding Awards, the number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan under Section 3.2 , and each of the specified limitations set forth in Section 3.3 shall be adjusted automatically to proportionately and uniformly reflect such transaction (but only to the extent that such adjustment will not negatively affect the status of an Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, if applicable); provided, however, that, subject to Section 3.4(b) , the Committee may otherwise adjust Awards (or prevent such automatic adjustment) as it deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Awards and the Plan.  Action by the Committee under this Section 3.4(a) may include: (i) adjustment of the number and kind of shares that may be delivered under the Plan; (ii) adjustment of the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) adjustment of the exercise price of outstanding stock options and SARs; and (iv) any other adjustments that the Committee determines to be equitable (which may include (A) replacement of an Award with another award that the Committee determines has comparable value and that is based on stock of a company resulting from a corporate transaction, and (B) cancellation of an Award in return for cash payment of the current value of the Award, determined as though the Award were fully vested at the time of payment, provided that in the case of a stock option or SAR, the amount of such payment shall be the excess of the value of the stock subject to the option or SAR at the time of the transaction over the exercise price, and provided , further , that no such payment shall be required in consideration for the cancellation of the Award if the exercise price is greater than the value of the stock at the time of such corporate transaction).

 

(b)           No Repricing . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no adjustment or reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding stock option or SAR in the event of a decline in Stock price shall be permitted without approval by the Stockholders or as otherwise expressly provided under Section 3.4(a) . The foregoing prohibition includes (i) reducing the exercise price of outstanding stock options or SARs, (ii) cancelling outstanding stock options or SARs in connection with the granting of stock options or SARs with a lower exercise price to the same individual, (iii) cancelling stock options or SARs with an exercise price in excess of the current Fair Market Value in exchange for a cash or other payment, and (iv) taking any other action that would be treated as a repricing of a stock option or SAR under the rules of the primary securities exchange or similar entity on which the Shares are listed.

 

Section 3.5            Delivery of Shares.   Delivery of Shares or other amounts under the Plan shall be subject to the following:

 

 

 

 

(a)           Compliance with Applicable Laws.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver any Shares or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless such delivery or distribution complies with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

 

(b)           No Certificates Required.  To the extent that the Plan provides for the delivery of Shares, the delivery may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any securities exchange or similar entity.

 

Article 4
CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

Section 4.1            Consequence of a Change in Control . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 (relating to the adjustment of shares), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, at the time of a Change in Control:

 

(a)           Subject to any forfeiture and expiration provisions otherwise applicable to the respective Awards, all stock options and SARs under the Plan then held by the Participant shall become fully exercisable immediately if, and all stock awards and cash incentive awards under the Plan then held by the Participant shall become fully earned and vested immediately if,

 

(i)          The Plan and the respective Award Agreements are not the obligations of the successor entity (whether the Company, a successor thereto, or an assignee thereof); or

 

(ii)         The Plan and the respective Award Agreements are the obligations of the successor entity (whether the Company, a successor thereto, or an assignee thereof) and the Participant incurs a Termination of Service without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 , if the vesting of an outstanding Award is conditioned upon the achievement of performance measures, then such vesting shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)          If, at the time of the Change in Control, the established performance measures are less than fifty percent (50%) attained (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, but in any event, based pro rata in accordance with time lapsed through the date of the Change in Control in the event of any period-based performance measures), then such Award shall become vested and exercisable on a fractional basis with the numerator being equal to the percentage of attainment and the denominator being fifty percent (50%) upon the Change in Control.

 

(ii)         If, at the time of the Change in Control, the established performance measures are at least fifty percent (50%) attained (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, but in any event based pro rata in accordance with time lapsed through the date of the Change in Control in the event of any period-based performance measures), then such Award shall become fully earned and vested immediately upon the Change in Control.

 

Section 4.2            Definition of Change in Control.

 

(a)           Change in Control ” means the first to occur of the following:

 

(i)          The consummation of the acquisition by any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company;

 

(ii)         During any twelve (12)-month period, the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, are members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, unless the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of a majority of the Board, in which case such new director shall, for purposes of the Plan, be considered as a member of the Board; or

 

 

 

 

(iii)        The consummation by the Company of: (A) a merger or consolidation if the Company’s stockholders immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (B) a complete liquidation or dissolution of, or an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of, the Company.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding any provision of this definition to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company are acquired by (i) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one (1) or more employee benefit plans maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) any corporation that, immediately prior to such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the Company’s stockholders in the same proportion as their ownership of Stock immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

(c)           Further notwithstanding any provision of this definition to the contrary, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan constitutes deferred compensation under Code Section 409A and the settlement of or distribution of such amount or benefit is to be triggered by a Change in Control, then such settlement or distribution shall be subject to the event constituting the Change in Control also constituting a “change in control event” (as defined in Code Section 409A).

 

Article 5
COMMITTEE

 

Section 5.1            Administration.   The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee in accordance with this Article 5 .  The Committee shall be selected by the Board, provided that the Committee shall consist of two (2) or more members of the Board, each of whom is a “non-employee director” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), an “outside director” (within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)) and an “independent director” (within the meaning of the rules of the securities exchange that then constitutes the principal listing for the Stock). Subject to the applicable rules of any securities exchange or similar entity, if the Committee does not exist, or for any other reason determined by the Board, the Board may take any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee.

 

Section 5.2            Powers of Committee.   The Committee’s administration of the Plan shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan and the following:

 

(a)           The Committee shall have the authority and discretion to select from among the Company’s and the Subsidiary’s employees, directors, and service providers those persons who shall receive Awards, to determine the time or times of receipt, to determine the types of Awards and the number of Shares covered by the Awards, to establish the terms of Awards, to cancel or suspend Awards, and to reduce or eliminate any restrictions or vesting requirements applicable to an Award at any time after the grant of the Award.

 

(b)           In the event that the Committee determines that it is advisable to grant Awards that do not qualify for the exception for Performance-Based Compensation from the tax deductibility limitations of Code Section 162(m), the Committee may grant such Awards without satisfying the requirements of Code Section 162(m).

 

(c)           The Committee shall have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(d)           The Committee shall have the authority to define terms not otherwise defined in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

(e)           Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

(f)           In controlling and managing the operation and administration of the Plan, the Committee shall take action in a manner that conforms to the articles and bylaws of the Company and to all applicable law.

 

Section 5.3            Delegation by Committee.   Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the applicable rules of any securities exchange or similar entity, the Plan, or the charter of the Committee, or as necessary to comply with the exemptive provisions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or of Code Section 162(m), the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers under the Plan to any one (1) or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers under the Plan to any person or persons selected by it. The acts of such delegates shall be treated under the Plan as acts of the Committee and such delegates shall report regularly to the Committee regarding the delegated duties and responsibilities and any Awards granted. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

 

Section 5.4            Information to be Furnished to Committee.   As may be permitted by applicable law, the Company and each Subsidiary shall furnish the Committee with such data and information as it determines may be required for it to discharge its duties under the Plan.  The records of the Company and each Subsidiary as to an employee’s or Participant’s employment, termination of employment, leave of absence, reemployment, and compensation shall be conclusive with respect to all persons unless determined by the Committee to be manifestly incorrect.  Subject to applicable law, Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan shall furnish the Committee such evidence, data, or information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the terms of the Plan.

 

Section 5.5            Expenses and Liabilities. All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Committee in the administration and interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, or other persons in connection with the administration and interpretation of the Plan, and the Company, and its officers and directors, shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions, and valuations of any such persons.

 

Article 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

Section 6.1            General.   The Board may, as permitted by law, at any time, amend or terminate the Plan, and may amend any Award Agreement; provided , however , that no amendment or termination may (except as provided in Section 2.6 , Section 3.4 , and Section 6.2 ), in the absence of written consent to the change by the affected Participant (or, if the Participant is not then living, the affected beneficiary), impair the rights of any Participant or beneficiary under any Award granted prior to the date such amendment or termination is adopted by the Board; and provided, further , that no amendment may (a) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (b) materially increase the aggregate number of securities that may be delivered under the Plan other than pursuant to Section 3.4 , or (c) materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan, unless the amendment under (a), (b) or (c) immediately above is approved by the Stockholders.

 

Section 6.2            Amendment to Conform to Law.   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or the Award Agreement to any applicable law. By accepting an Award, the Participant shall be deemed to have acknowledged and consented to any amendment to an Award made pursuant to this Section 6.2 , Section 2.6 , or Section 3.4 , without further consideration or action.

 

 

 

 

Article 7
GENERAL TERMS

 

Section 7.1            No Implied Rights.

 

(a)           No Rights to Specific Assets.  No person shall by reason of participation in the Plan acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds, or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, including any specific funds, assets, or other property that the Company or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan.  A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the Shares or amounts, if any, distributable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, and nothing contained in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall constitute a guarantee that the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be sufficient to provide any benefits to any person.

 

(b)           No Contractual Right to Employment or Future Awards.  The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and selection as a Participant shall not give any person the right to be retained in the service of the Company or a Subsidiary or any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan.  No individual shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award, or, having been so selected, to receive a future Award.

 

(c)           No Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no Award shall confer upon the holder thereof any rights as a Stockholder prior to the date on which the individual fulfills all conditions for receipt of such rights.

 

Section 7.2            Transferability.   Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Awards are not transferable except as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The Committee shall have the discretion to permit the transfer of Awards; provided, however, that such transfers shall be limited to immediate family members of Participants, trusts, partnerships, limited liability companies, and other entities that are permitted to exercise rights under Awards in accordance with Form S-8 established for the primary benefit of such family members; and provided, further, that such transfers shall not be made for value to the Participant.

 

Section 7.3            Designation of Beneficiaries.   A Participant hereunder may file with the Company a designation of a beneficiary or beneficiaries under the Plan and may from time to time revoke or amend any such designation. Any designation of beneficiary under the Plan shall be controlling over any other disposition, testamentary or otherwise; provided, however, that if the Committee is in doubt as to the entitlement of any such beneficiary to any Award, the Committee may determine to recognize only the legal representative of the Participant in which case the Company, the Committee, and the members thereof shall not have any further liability to anyone.

 

Section 7.4            Non-Exclusivity.   Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the Stockholders for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as either may deem desirable, including the granting of restricted stock, stock options, or other equity awards otherwise than under the Plan or an arrangement that is or is not intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m), and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

Section 7.5            Award Agreement.   Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. A copy of the Award Agreement, in any medium chosen by the Committee, shall be made available to the Participant, and the Committee may require that the Participant sign a copy of the Award Agreement.

 

Section 7.6            Form and Time of Elections.   Unless otherwise specified in the Plan, each election required or permitted to be made by any Participant or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan, and any permitted modification, or revocation thereof, shall be filed with the Company at such times, in such form, and subject to such terms or conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee may require.

 

Section 7.7            Evidence.   Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document, or other information that the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made, or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

 

 

 

Section 7.8            Tax Withholding.   All distributions under the Plan shall be subject to withholding of all applicable taxes and the Committee may condition the delivery of any Shares or other benefits under the Plan on satisfaction of the applicable withholding obligations.  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, such withholding obligations may be satisfied (a) through cash payment by the Participant; (b) through the surrender of Shares that the Participant already owns, or (c) through the surrender of Shares to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that except as otherwise specifically provided by the Committee, such Shares under clause (c) may not be used to satisfy more than the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligation.

 

Section 7.9            Successors.   All obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company.

 

Section 7.10          Indemnification.   To the fullest extent permitted by law, each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or the Board, or an officer of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Section 5.3 , or an employee of the Company shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss (including amounts paid in settlement), cost, liability, or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan, and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her ( provided that he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf), unless such loss, cost, liability, or expense is a result of his or her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s charter or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

Section 7.11          No Fractional Shares.   Unless otherwise permitted by the Committee, no fractional Shares shall be delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Shares, or other property shall be delivered or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

Section 7.12          Governing Law.   The Plan, all Awards, and all actions taken in connection herewith and therewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law.

 

Section 7.13          Benefits under Other Plans.   Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Awards granted to a Participant (including the grant and the receipt of benefits) shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Participant’s benefits under, or contributions to, any qualified retirement plan, nonqualified plan, and any other benefit plan maintained by the Participant’s employer.

 

Section 7.14          Validity.   If any provision of the Plan is determined to be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included in the Plan.

 

Section 7.15          Notice.   Unless provided otherwise in an Award Agreement or policy adopted from time to time by the Committee, all communications to the Company provided for in the Plan, or any Award Agreement, shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid ( provided that international mail shall be sent via overnight or two (2)-day delivery) or by prepaid overnight courier to the Company at the address set forth below:

 

 

 

 

Landmark Bancorp, Inc.

Attention: Corporate Secretary

701 Poyntz Avenue

Manhattan, Kansas 66505

 

Such communications shall be deemed given:

 

(a)           In the case of delivery by overnight service with guaranteed next day delivery, the next day or the day designated for delivery; and

 

(b)           In the case of certified or registered U.S. mail, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail;

 

provided, however, that in no event shall any communication be deemed to be given later than the date it is actually received, provided it is actually received. In the event a communication is not received, it shall be deemed received only upon the showing of an original of the applicable receipt, registration, or confirmation from the applicable delivery service provider. Communications that are to be delivered by U.S. mail or by overnight service to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Company’s senior human resources officer and corporate secretary.

 

Section 7.16          Clawback Policy. Any Award, amount, or benefit received under the Plan shall be subject to potential cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or other similar action in accordance with any applicable Company clawback policy (the “ Policy ”) or any applicable law. A Participant’s receipt of an Award shall be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgment of and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of (i) the Policy and any similar policy established by the Company, whether adopted prior to or following the making of any Award and (ii) any provision of applicable law relating to cancellation, rescission, payback, or recoupment of compensation, as well as the Participant’s express agreement that the Company may take such actions as are necessary to effectuate the Policy, any similar policy, and applicable law, without further consideration or action.

 

Section 7.17          Breach of Restrictive Covenants. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant breaches a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure, non-disparagement, or other restrictive covenant set forth in an Award Agreement or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary, whether during or after the Participant’s Termination of Service, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under any such agreement, state law, or otherwise, the Participant shall forfeit or pay to the Company:

 

(a)           Any and all outstanding Awards granted to the Participant, including Awards that have become vested or exercisable;

 

(b)           Any Shares held by the Participant in connection with the Plan that were acquired by the Participant after the Participant’s Termination of Service and within the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Participant’s Termination of Service;

 

(c)           The profit realized by the Participant from the exercise of any stock options and SARs that the Participant exercised after the Participant’s Termination of Service and within the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Participant’s Termination of Service, which profit is the difference between the exercise price of the stock option or SAR and the Fair Market Value of any Shares or cash acquired by the Participant upon exercise of such stock option or SAR; and

 

(d)           The profit realized by the Participant from the sale, or other disposition for consideration, of any Shares received by the Participant in connection with the Plan after the Participant’s Termination of Service, and within the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Participant’s Termination of Service where such sale or disposition occurs in such similar time period.

 

 

 

 

Article 8
DEFINED TERMS; CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 8.1            In addition to the other definitions contained in the Plan, unless otherwise specifically provided in an Award Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)           10% Stockholder ” means an individual who, at the time of grant, owns Voting Securities possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of the Voting Securities.

 

(b)           Award ” means an award under the Plan.

 

(c)           Award Agreement ” means the document that evidences the terms and conditions of an Award. Such document shall be referred to as an agreement regardless of whether a Participant’s signature is required.

 

(d)           Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)           If the Participant is subject to an employment agreement (or other similar agreement) with the Company or a Subsidiary that provides a definition of termination for “cause” (or the like), then, for purposes of the Plan, the term “ Cause ” has the meaning set forth in such agreement; and in the absence of such a definition, “ Cause ” means:

 

(i)          The Participant’s willful and continuing failure to perform the Participant’s obligations to the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(ii)         The Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime of embezzlement or fraud or any felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

 

(iii)        The Participant’s breach of fiduciary responsibility;

 

(iv)        An act of dishonesty by the Participant that is injurious to the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(v)         The Participant’s engagement in one (1) or more unsafe or unsound banking practices that has an adverse effect on the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(vi)        The Participant’s removal or permanent suspension from banking pursuant to Section 8(e) of the FDIA or any other applicable state or federal law;

 

(vii)       An act or omission by the Participant that leads to a harm (financial or reputational or otherwise) to the Company or a Subsidiary; or

 

(viii)      A material breach by the Participant of Company policies as may be in effect from time to time.

 

Further, a termination for Cause shall be deemed to have occurred if, within twelve (12) months following the termination, facts and circumstances arising during the course of such employment are discovered that would have warranted a termination for Cause.

 

Further, all rights the Participant has or may have under the Plan shall be suspended automatically during the pendency of any investigation by the Board or its designee or any negotiations between the Board or its designee and the Participant regarding any actual or alleged act or omission by the Participant of the type that would warrant a termination for Cause, and any such suspension shall not give rise to a claim of Good Reason by the Participant.

 

(f)           Change in Control ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

 

(g)           Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

 

 

 

(h)           Committee ” means the Committee acting under Article 5 , and in the event a Committee is not currently appointed, the Board.

 

(i)           Company ” means Landmark Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(j)           Director Participant ” means a Participant who is a member of the Board or the board of directors of a Subsidiary.

 

(k)           Disability ” means the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident or health plan covering the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s employees.

 

(l)           Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 .

 

(m)           Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

(n)           “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the officially-quoted closing selling price of the Shares on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if there have been no sales with respect to Shares on such date, such price on the most immediately preceding date on which there have been such sales, or if the Shares are not so listed or admitted to trading, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by the Committee in good faith and, to the extent required, in accordance with Code Sections 422 and 409A.

 

(o)           FDIA ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

(p)           Form S-8 ” means a Registration Statement on Form S-8 promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(q)           If the Participant is subject to an employment agreement (or other similar agreement) with the Company or a Subsidiary that provides a definition of termination for “good reason” (or the like), then, for purposes of the Plan, the term “ Good Reason ” has the meaning set forth in such agreement; and in the absence of such a definition, “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any one (1) of the following events, unless the Participant agrees in writing that such event shall not constitute Good Reason:

 

(i)          A material, adverse change in the nature, scope, or status of the Participant’s position, authorities, or duties from those in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change in Control;

 

(ii)         A material reduction in the Participant’s aggregate compensation or benefits in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change in Control; or

 

(iii)        Relocation of the Participant’s primary place of employment of more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Participant’s primary place of employment immediately prior to the applicable Change in Control, or a requirement that the Participant engage in travel that is materially greater than prior to the applicable Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this definition to the contrary, prior to the Participant’s Termination of Service for Good Reason, the Participant must give the Company written notice of the existence of any condition set forth in clause (i) – (iii) immediately above within ninety (90) days of its initial existence and the Company shall have thirty (30) days from the date of such notice in which to cure the condition giving rise to Good Reason, if curable. If, during such thirty (30)-day period, the Company cures the condition giving rise to Good Reason, the condition shall not constitute Good Reason. Further notwithstanding any provision of this definition to the contrary, in order to constitute a termination for Good Reason, such termination must occur within twelve (12) months of the initial existence of the applicable condition.

 

(r)           Incumbent Board ” means the members of the Board as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

(s)           ISO ” means a stock option that is intended to satisfy the requirements applicable to an “incentive stock option” described in Code Section 422(b).

 

(t)           Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 .

 

(u)           Performance-Based Compensation ” has the meaning set forth in Code Section 162(m).

 

(v)          Plan ” means the Landmark Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

(w)           Policy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.16 .

 

(x)           SAR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

(y)           Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(z)           Share ” means a share of Stock.

 

(aa)          Stockholders ” means the stockholders of the Company.

 

(bb)          Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, no par value per share.

 

(cc)          Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity that would be a “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Code Section 424(f)) with respect to the Company.

 

(dd)          “Termination of Service” means the first day occurring on or after a grant date on which the Participant ceases to be an employee and director of, and service provider to, the Company and each Subsidiary, regardless of the reason for such cessation, subject to the following:

 

(i)          The Participant’s cessation as an employee or service provider shall not be deemed to occur by reason of the Participant’s being on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Company or Subsidiary otherwise receiving the Participant’s services.

 

(ii)         If, as a result of a sale or other transaction, the Subsidiary for whom the Participant is employed (or to whom the Participant is providing services) ceases to be a Subsidiary, and the Participant is not, following the transaction, an employee or director of, or service provider to, the Company or an entity that is then a Subsidiary, then the occurrence of such transaction shall be treated as the Participant’s Termination of Service caused by the Participant being discharged by the entity for whom the Participant is employed or to whom the Participant is providing services.

 

(iii)        A service provider, other than an employee or director, whose services to the Company or a Subsidiary are governed by a written agreement with such service provider shall cease to be a service provider at the time the provision of service under such written agreement ends (without renewal); and such a service provider whose services to the Company or a Subsidiary are not governed by a written agreement with the service provider shall cease to be a service provider on the date that is ninety (90) days after the date the service provider last provides services requested by the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Award constitutes deferred compensation, the term Termination of Service shall be interpreted by the Committee in a manner consistent with the definition of “separation from service” (as defined in Code Section 409A).

 

(ee)          Voting Securities ” means any securities that ordinarily possess the power to vote in the election of directors without the happening of any precondition or contingency.

 

Section 8.2            In the Plan, unless otherwise stated, the following uses apply:

 

(a)           Actions permitted under the Plan may be taken at any time in the actor’s reasonable discretion;

 

 

 

 

(b)           References to a statute or law shall refer to the statute or law and any amendments and any successor statutes or laws, and to all regulations promulgated under or implementing the statute or law, as amended, or its successors, as in effect at the relevant time;

 

(c)           In computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words “from” and “commencing on” (and the like) mean “from and including,” and the words “to,” “until,” and “ending on” (and the like) mean “to and including”;

 

(d)           References to a governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, or instrumentality shall also refer to a regulatory body that succeeds to the functions of the agency, authority, or instrumentality;

 

(e)           Indications of time of day shall be based upon the time applicable to the location of the principal headquarters of the Company;

 

(f)           The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” mean “include, without limitation,” “includes, without limitation,” and “including, without limitation,” respectively;

 

(g)           All references to articles and sections are to articles and sections in the Plan;

 

(h)           All words used shall be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances and context require;

 

(i)           The captions and headings of articles and sections appearing in the Plan have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not be considered a part of the Plan, nor shall any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan or any of its provisions;

 

(j)           Any reference to an agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, and the rights and obligations of the parties under any such agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, shall mean such agreement, plan, policy, document, or set of documents as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions, renewals, substitutions or replacements thereof; and

 

(k)           All accounting terms not specifically defined in the Plan shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 13.1

 

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS, CUSTOMERS AND FRIENDS

 

Record net earnings of $10.5 million and an increase in total assets to $878 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, quantify another outstanding year for Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (Landmark). Our associates and management team devote tremendous effort to delivering top-flight financial services that meet our customers’ needs in an ever-changing economic and technological environment which has led to our terrific results. Landmark continues to be well positioned to continue our growth and profitability, which enhances shareholder value and provides a strong financial base to continue meeting the banking needs of the communities we serve. I would like to describe the key challenges the Company is facing and the strategic initiatives by the Board of Directors and management to address these challenges, while at the same time positioning Landmark to capitalize upon opportunities to continue to thrive, grow and enhance shareholder value.

 

Unfortunately, many of the same issues and concerns communicated in past years’ shareholder letters are still present today. The economic recovery in the United States remains tepid at best, interest rates are still near 0% (or even negative overseas), regulatory burdens continue to build, and consolidation within the banking industry continues at a relatively rapid pace. Each of these macro factors has an impact on your Company, and the Board and management are paying close attention to properly positioning Landmark to cope with the emerging environment. Let’s take a look at each of these issues.

 

We are well into an economic recovery that has failed to gain significant traction and that continues to send mixed signals regarding its strength and resiliency. GDP growth continues to hover around 2% on an annual basis. At the end of 2015, the Federal Reserve raised interest rates a modest 25 basis points in response to what the Fed described as an improving labor market and increased inflation prospects. After the first of the year, the equity markets experienced a significant downturn, and longer-term rates began to decrease as the world economy showed signs of additional weakness. The 10-year Treasury is currently yielding below 2%, commodity prices are at depressed levels and consumer personal income remains at a very low growth rate. In February 2016, the Federal Reserve chose not to increase short-term rates further on the basis that downside risks to the economy were increasing. In Japan and Europe, central banks are implementing negative interest rates in an effort to bolster their economies. At the same time, the Federal Reserve is still discussing the possibility of continuing to increase short-term rates later this year to be sure the economy does not overheat and inflation does not begin to escalate. Throw in a raucous presidential election campaign and it is very difficult to determine what path our economy will take, in the short and long term.

 

In this type of uncertain environment, it is imperative that we take the risks into account and position the Bank in a manner that minimizes exposure in a high-risk environment. Your Company continues to underwrite credit risk in a disciplined manner stressing underwriting standards and relationships. It is reported that many financial institutions are weakening credit criteria and structure requirements, in an effort to increase loans to assist in their efforts to increase interest margins as an alternative to investing in lower rate investment securities. Landmark does not believe this strategy would serve the Company or its shareholders well in the long run. We were able to remain profitable during the Great Recession due to our disciplined credit culture, and that discipline helped position us favorably to experience the record financial results we have enjoyed over the past few years. So our focus on underwriting and relationships will continue as we go forward, and we are confident it will serve the Company and its shareholders well.

 

The economy is entering its eighth year with short-term interest rates at or close to 0%. With the 25 basis point increase the Federal Reserve implemented in December 2015, the overnight Fed Funds rate is now targeted at 0.25% to 0.50%. As I mentioned earlier, the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate is currently less than 2%, and it has risen above 3% for a very brief time in the latter part of 2013. This interest rate environment is very difficult for banks to manage as they strive to maintain interest margins. Not only do low interest rates make it difficult to manage interest margins, they also indicate slow economic activity, which is reflected by weak loan demand and limited economic growth. This lack of quality loan demand pushes banks to either sacrifice their credit requirements to book new loans or to invest excess funds in investment securities at a very low marginal rate of return. The longer this environment persists, the more difficult the interest margin challenge becomes. Bank asset pricing continues to adjust downward with little room left to adjust liability pricing further downward. As a result, net interest margins across the industry continue to face pressure.

 

 

 

 

We are pleased that Landmark was able to hold our net interest margin steady in 2015 at 3.51%, up slightly from 3.47% in 2014. We feel good about this accomplishment, especially in light of the fact our loan to deposit ratio remains at approximately 60%. We continue to strive to recruit quality loan business in an effort to increase loans outstanding in a manner that reflects our disciplined credit underwriting processes. While we had a good year of loan originations in 2015, we were only able to maintain loan totals at a relatively flat level as loan payoffs and amortizations nearly equaled originations. We continued our efforts to reduce interest expense by growing core deposit transaction accounts and de-emphasizing higher-cost time deposits. We believe this will pay dividends long-term as interest rates finally increase and these lower-cost core transaction accounts become even more valuable. Finally, our mortgage banking activities provide a great complement to our commercial banking activities during these periods of low interest rates. With low interest rates, mortgage banking activity has been brisk and our market share has been increasing throughout our markets. Our mortgage banking associates’ reputation for quality loan products and exemplary, timely service helped Landmark originations grow to a record level in excess of $300 million in 2015. This activity enabled us not only to recruit many comprehensive household banking relationships, but also to enjoy record gains on sales of loans, which helped offset some of the long-term pressures on interest margin.

 

The final two macro issues, increasing regulatory burden and industry consolidation, are intertwined and having a significant impact on the banking industry. I hesitate to discuss the increasing regulatory burden again, since I mention it every year. It is a fact of life in the banking industry, and it is not abating. The regulators continue to issue new regulations and revise existing ones as they work to implement the requirements of the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau is also working hard to issue new regulations at a pace that is difficult to assimilate. The Dodd Frank Act was originally conceived to eliminate financial system risks posed by the mega financial institutions known as “Too Big To Fail.” Unfortunately, the Act has created the unintended consequence of creating a separate category of banks that are “Too Small to Survive” due to the disproportionate cost of regulatory compliance that is being thrust upon all banks, especially small community banks. A presentation by Tom Michaud, President and CEO of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., reveals that many banks are choosing to capitulate to these forces. In 1985 the United States had 18,073 banks and thrifts, but by the end of 2015 that had fallen to only 5,613 banks and thrifts. In 2015 alone, 264 banks were sold, which amounted to 4.7% of U.S. banks in existence. I am not sure what the lower size limit is where it is no longer feasible to remain independent. No doubt it will differ for each banking organization, depending upon the skill of management, the bank’s product mix, the economic vibrancy of the community where the bank operates, and many other factors. I do know that it is becoming increasingly difficult for banks at the lower end of the size continuum to achieve the returns necessary to provide a satisfactory return to their shareholders.

 

Finding opportunity amidst the challenges, Landmark’s Board and management have implemented a successful strategy of growth, both organically and through acquisition, allowing us to gain greater efficiencies to combat these increasing cost pressures. Going forward, we expect to see increasing opportunities to acquire other financial institutions as more banks’ management teams and shareholders conclude they are no longer equipped to combat the pressures being placed upon the industry. We believe Landmark is well equipped to take advantage of these opportunities and to continue our history of growth and profitability. We have an outstanding model that delivers friendly, high-quality banking services to the communities we serve and at the same time delivers value to our shareholders. We continue to monitor developments and pressures within the industry and determine what impact they will have on your Company. We realize that our ultimate responsibility is to our shareholders, and we will strive with everything we do to make the hard choices that enable us to continue to maximize shareholder value.

 

In summary, we are proud of Landmark’s accomplishments in 2015 and are optimistic about the future of the Company. I would like to thank both our banking clients and you, our shareholders, for your continued patronage and support. I want to thank all of our associates for their dedication and efforts contributing to Landmark’s success. We have an outstanding team dedicated to meeting the needs of our customers, our communities, and our shareholders. We look forward to the challenges and opportunities of 2016 and the years that follow.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Patrick L. Alexander

 

Patrick L. Alexander

Executive Chairman

 

 

 

 

PRESIDENT’S LETTER TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS, CUSTOMERS AND FRIENDS

 

In past years, I have typically ended my annual report comments with an acknowledgement to my associates at Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (Landmark). This year, I believe it is appropriate to begin with that acknowledgement. The outstanding performance of your Company in 2015 is due in large measure to the highly professional efforts of every member of the Landmark team. Their dedication to consistently delivering extraordinary levels of service, in line with Landmark’s vision that “Everyone Starts as a Customer and Leaves as a Friend,” was critical to our record results in 2015.

 

Landmark reported record net earnings of $10.5 million, or earnings per fully diluted share of $2.91, in the year ended December 31, 2015. This earnings level represented a 30.5% increase from our previous record earnings level in 2014. Return on average assets was 1.21% in 2015 compared to 0.96% in the prior year. Return on average equity increased to 13.81% compared to 11.89% in the previous year. Total assets at year-end exceeded $878 million. Our footprint now encompasses 29 branch banking locations in 23 Kansas communities.

 

Our 2015 earnings benefited from a first quarter “non-recurring” event, a $1.7 million recovery on a construction loan that was fully charged off during 2010 and 2011, resulting in a $1 million negative provision to the allowance for loan and lease losses. In 2015 we also had a $236,000 gain on the sale of a branch facility in Fort Scott. Partially offsetting these increases was a $119,000 loss on sales of investment securities during 2015. Even without these “non-recurring” items, the core earnings capacity of your Company would still have produced record income levels for 2015. I expect our trend of solid earnings to continue going forward in 2016. I believe the overall risk management practices and capital strength of the Company continue to position us well for long term growth.

 

We continue our history of paying consecutive cash dividends every quarter since the Company’s formation resulting from the merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. with MNB Bancshares, Inc. in October 2001. Cash dividends equaling $0.72 per share were paid in 2015, which is a 5% increase over the prior year. We once again declared a 5% stock dividend in 2015, representing the 15th consecutive year paying this level of stock dividend. During the first quarter of 2016, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.20 per share. When adjusted for the 5% stock dividend paid in December 2015, this payout represents a 10.5% increase in the Company’s cash dividend compared to the previous level of $0.18 per share.

 

Our success in 2015 sprang from all of our primary business production areas in the Bank.

 

Retail banking efforts led to an increase of our core deposit portfolio, resulting in growth in our gross deposit totals of approximately $10 million in 2015. Of greater significance is that this 2015 growth focused on what I consider truly core deposits – an increase of approximately $28 million in lower-cost deposits in non-public fund checking, money market, and savings accounts. We continue to depend on word of mouth, or referral advertising, to grow our retail banking network. Our Invite a Friend program has prompted a total of 5,140 customers to refer a friend to begin banking with Landmark. This has resulted in 6,969 new accounts opened since the program’s inception in 2010. In 2015, the invites from our customers and internal referrals involving associates not actively engaged in our retail front line translated to net deposit account growth of 969 accounts. Our cross sale ratio, or products sold per customer, increased again in 2015, the fourth year in a row since we began tracking this metric.

 

Commercial banking success included a modest 0.9% increase in net loans outstanding totaling $420 million at year-end 2015 compared to $416 million the prior year-end. We continue to maintain a good geographic and industry mix for diversification in the loan portfolio. In terms of exposure to credit concentrations, we maintain a heightened focus on portfolio management of commercial real estate and construction and land relationships. As of year-end 2015, construction and land loan portfolio balances totaled 3.5% of our total loan portfolio, down from 5.2% as of year-end 2014. Balances in our commercial real estate portfolio totaled 27.9% of our total loan portfolio. Balances in the mortgage 1-4 family loan portfolio represented 31.0% of the total portfolio as of December 31, 2015. Our agricultural loan portfolio accounted for 16.7% of our total loan portfolio as of year-end 2015. Lastly commercial loans represented 14.4% of the portfolio. Non-performing loans at year-end 2015 totaled $2.2 million, or 0.51% of gross loans, compared to $6.0 million, or 1.44% of gross loans, as of year-end 2014. Our allowance for loan and lease losses at year-end 2015 totaled $5.9 million or 1.39% of gross loans outstanding. Our commercial team continues to focus on recruiting high-quality business banking relationships that meet our credit portfolio standards, versus “buying” transactions that include low price or credit structure compromises. Our 2015 asset quality metrics again reflected extremely high credit quality standards.

 

 

 

 

Mortgage banking ended 2015 with Landmark records in overall production levels and related gain on sale of loan income. Single-family mortgage loan origination volumes exceeded $300 million in 2015, resulting in gain on sale income of $8.0 million. Mortgage banking efforts during 2015 involved approximately 1,900 loans closed, the majority (74%) of which were purchase money transactions, almost exclusively in the state of Kansas. We continue our efforts to grow our mortgage banking franchise. Our focus on purchase money transactions and our reputation for meeting the needs of home-buying customers in our banking markets result in what we consider to be recurring gain on sale revenue opportunities. As we continue to refine our cross sales efforts, mortgage banking remains a key component in building our core deposit base by capturing the entire client relationship, versus simply a transaction-oriented real estate loan.

 

The success enjoyed by Landmark’s Retail, Commercial and Mortgage bankers across our 23 Kansas communities is supported by several centralized Bank departments that deserve recognition for their contributions to our record results. These groups work behind the scenes to help make sure the promises we make to our clients and prospects are kept.

Looking forward to 2016 and beyond, your Management team is focused on building further on our past successes. Your company is well positioned to continue to enjoy growth and profitability. I expect this focus on growth to include both organic and acquisitive initiatives.

 

With respect to organic growth, while Landmark is geographically diversified across Kansas, we are located in several key banking markets that have organic growth opportunities. Our team continues to focus on running the organization in a conservative and disciplined manner dedicated to underwriting loans and investments prudently, monitoring interest rate risk, and structuring the overall organizational risk profile in a way that will prepare us as well as possible for any unforeseen events. As a community bank with a strong presence across the state of Kansas, Landmark is committed to growing our customer relationships and meeting the diverse financial needs of families and businesses.

 

We expect our efforts to also involve acquisitive growth opportunities. We continue to actively evaluate potential acquisition targets that would complement our current franchise footprint. Your company has demonstrated a successful history of growth through acquisitions that have delivered accretive earnings and increased shareholder value. The current banking landscape in Kansas consists of many smaller banks that are without tangible succession strategies and are overly burdened by constantly increasing and evolving regulatory demands. While their succession plans might be addressed without selling their banks, the pendulum associated with the increased regulatory burden continues to swing. I believe the consequence of increasing regulation, whether intended or unintended, will be continued consolidation. Your Company is committed to a community banking model that places decision makers in the cities and towns in which they live and supports those decision makers with centralized systems and resources to allow them to successfully serve their clients. We will pursue acquisitive growth with this principle as a guide, while continuing to invest in the operational and human resources to navigate the regulatory landscape.

 

In closing, I am proud of the results Landmark achieved in 2015. As I noted at the beginning, this success would not have been possible without the daily efforts of all of the associates on the Landmark team. I am proud to be associated with a group of highly talented community bankers dedicated to exceeding the expectations of Landmark customers. I also want to express my gratitude to our Board of Directors. Their leadership, knowledge of our banking markets and contributions to developing Landmark’s strategic plan help set the stage for continued success. Lastly, I want to thank our customers and our shareholders. Without your continued support and confidence, none of our past successes would have been possible. I look forward to sharing continued success with each of you in the coming years.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Michael E. Scheopner

 

Michael E. Scheopner

President / Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

DIRECTORS OF LANDMARK BANCORP, INC. AND LANDMARK NATIONAL BANK

 

Patrick L. Alexander

Executive Chairman

Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and Landmark National Bank

 

Michael E. Scheopner

President and Chief Executive Officer

Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and Landmark National Bank

 

Richard A. Ball

Certified Public Accountant

Ball Consulting Group, Ltd.

 

Brent A. Bowman

President

Bowman Bowman and Novick, Inc.

Architects and Landscape Architects

 

Sarah Hill-Nelson

President and Chief Executive Officer

The Bowersock Mills & Power Company

 

Jim W. Lewis

Owner, Lewis Automotive Group

 

Susan E. Roepke

Retired Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, MNB Bancshares, Inc.

Retired Senior Vice President/Secretary/Cashier, Security National Bank

 

Wayne R. Sloan

President, BHS Construction

 

David H. Snapp

Attorney, David H. Snapp, LC.

 

 

 

 

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

701 Poyntz Avenue

Manhattan, Kansas 66502

 

ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held at the Kansas State Alumni Center, 17 th and Anderson Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas, on Wednesday, May 18, 2016 at 2:00 PM.

 

FORM 10-K

A copy of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission may be obtained by stockholders without charge on written request to Michael E. Scheopner, President and Chief Executive Officer, Landmark Bancorp, Inc., P.O. Box 308, Manhattan, Kansas 66505-0308, or by accessing our Web site at www.landmarkbancorpinc.com or the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov .

 

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT

Computershare, Inc.

P.O. Box 30170

College Station, TX 77842

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Crowe Chizek LLP

One Mid America Plaza, Suite 700

P.O. Box 3697

Oak Brook, Illinois 60522-3697

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Landmark Bancorp, Inc.

 

The only significant subsidiary of the Company is Landmark National Bank, a national banking association with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and with branch offices located in Auburn, Dodge City (2), Fort Scott (2), Garden City, Great Bend (2), Hoisington, Iola, Junction City, Kincaid, LaCrosse, Lawrence (2), Lenexa, Louisburg, Manhattan, Mound City, Osage City, Osawatomie, Overland Park, Paola, Pittsburg, Topeka (2), Wamego and Wellsville, Kansas. The Company also owns all of the common securities of Landmark Capital Trust I, Landmark Capital Trust II and First Capital (KS) Statutory Trust, each a Delaware statutory trust, formed to issue trust preferred securities in a private placement.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-103091 on Form S-8 of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 14, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ Crowe Chizek LLP

 

Oak Brook, Illinois

March 14, 2016

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

Landmark Bancorp, Inc.:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-103091) on Form S-8 of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 21, 2014, with respect to the Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, which report appears in the December 31, 2015 annual report on Form 10-K of Landmark Bancorp, Inc.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Kansas City, Missouri

March 14, 2016

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Michael E. Scheopner, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Landmark Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:     March 14, 2016 /s/ Michael E. Scheopner  
  Michael E. Scheopner  
  Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Mark A. Herpich, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Landmark Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:    March 14, 2016 /s/ Mark A. Herpich  
  Mark A. Herpich  
  Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael E. Scheopner, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Michael E. Scheopner  
Michael E. Scheopner  
Chief Executive Officer  
March 14, 2016  

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark A. Herpich, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Mark A. Herpich  
Mark A. Herpich  
Chief Financial Officer  
March 14, 2016